JP2015171448A - Game machine - Google Patents

Abstract

PROBLEM TO BE SOLVED: To provide a game machine capable of suppressing the deterioration of interest in a player by enabling a presentation that gives a strong impact on the player.SOLUTION: A pachinko game machine 1 includes: a game area 5a to which a game ball is shot by the operation of a player; a plate-like first moving image display body 3301 of a rear center presentation unit 3300 capable of displaying a presentation moving image at nearly a center within the game area 5a in a front view; a second moving image display body 3302 formed to have a shape different from that of the first moving image display body 3301 and capable of displaying a presentation moving image; and a switching device for performing switching between the second moving image display body 3302 and the first moving image display body 3301 at the nearly center position within the game area 5a in a front view in accordance with a game state to be changed when a game ball is shot into the game area 5a.

Description

  The present invention relates to a gaming machine such as a pachinko gaming machine (generally also referred to as a “pachinko machine”) or a spinning-type gaming machine (generally also referred to as a “pachislot machine”).

  A gaming machine such as a pachinko machine is configured to receive a gaming medium in which a gaming medium is driven by a player's operation, a plurality of obstacle nails implanted in the gaming area, and a gaming medium in the gaming area. And receiving entrances (general winning entrances, starting entrances, variable winning entrances, etc.), and when a game medium is received at the entrance, a privilege (payout of game media, variable winning entrance) The player can be entertained by providing an advantageous game state such as an opening / closing operation that is advantageous to the player. In addition, a liquid crystal display device that displays an effect video (effect image) is provided in the center of the game area in front view, and the player can entertain and have a chance by using the effect image displayed according to the game state. It is possible to raise the sense of expectation for games by suggesting the arrival of.

  As this type of gaming machine, a second liquid crystal display device different from the liquid crystal display device in the center of the game area is provided, and the second liquid crystal display device is moved to a position where it can be easily seen from the player side according to the gaming state. What has been proposed has been proposed (for example, Patent Document 1). According to the technique of this Patent Document 1, a second liquid crystal display device that is different from the central liquid crystal display device moves to display an effect image, thereby allowing the player to indicate the arrival of an opportunity or the like. Yes, it can raise the expectation for the game.

  However, in the conventional technique such as Patent Document 1, the liquid crystal display device at the center of the game area is left as it is, and another second liquid crystal display device smaller than the liquid crystal display device is moved from the outside to the front surface of the liquid crystal display device. Since the effect image is displayed, the second liquid crystal display device appears to be the same as the effect agent (movable accessory) that moves according to the game state, and the player against the effect by the second liquid crystal display device Depending on the situation, you might get tired early and reduce your interest in games.

JP 2013-106751 A

  Therefore, in view of the above circumstances, an object of the present invention is to provide a gaming machine capable of suppressing a decrease in the interest of a player by enabling an effect that gives a strong impact to the player.

Mean 1: In the gaming machine,
“A game area where game media is driven by the player's operation,
A normal display body in the form of a flat plate capable of displaying a production video at substantially the center in the game area when viewed from the front,
A deformed display body that is formed in a shape different from the normal display body and can display a production animation;
A replacement device that replaces the deformed display body and the normal display body at a substantially central position in the gaming area in front view according to a gaming state that changes when a gaming medium is driven into the gaming area; It is characterized by having "."

  Here, as the “normal display body” and the “deformed display body”, “non-self-display that can be displayed when a moving image (image) is projected or a moving image displayed elsewhere is reflected. And the like "," the display body itself can display an image directly ", and the like. As the “non-self-displaying display body”, “transparent display or translucent display body that transmits and diffuses an effect moving image projected from the rear to the front”, “ Reflective display body that displays the effect video projected from the front to the rear by reflecting and diffusing forward, and the like. Examples of devices that project the effect video include “liquid crystal projector” and “laser projector”. And “movie projectors” such as “film projector”. On the other hand, examples of the “self-displaying display body” include “a liquid crystal display device including a backlight”, “liquid crystal panel”, “organic EL panel”, “LED display device”, “CRT display device”, and the like. It is done.

  In addition, as the shape of the “anomalous display body”, “a stunning shape that allows the player to recognize that the normal display body has been changed by replacing the normal display body”, “from the display area of the normal display body” Small shape ”,“ a shape in which a large number of surfaces are spaced apart from each other and arranged on substantially the same surface ”,“ a solid shape ”,“ a shape imitating a character ”,“ a shape imitating an item ”,“ simulating a logo ” Shape ", and the like. The shape of the deformed display body is the outer peripheral shape of the display screen or the surface shape of the display screen.

  Furthermore, “according to the game state” means “games to the entrances arranged in the game area (for example, a general winning opening, a starting opening, a big winning opening, an accessory winning opening, a V winning opening, etc.). "According to the acceptance of the medium", "According to the fact that the game medium that is thrown into (entered into) the game area has passed through a specific area (for example, gate, warp passage, stage, etc.)" "According to the result of the normal lottery drawn by passing the game medium in the gate part", "According to the result of the special lottery drawn by accepting the game medium at the entrance (for example, the start port)", " According to the combination of symbols displayed on the stopped rotating body. "" Direction determined by lottery by starting prize Depending on the type, "" in accordance with the amount of discharge of game media, which are discharged into the gaming area ", according to the length of hammering the blank of game media, which are discharged to the" game area ", and the like.

  In addition, the “production video” displayed on the normal display body and the variant display body includes a production video relating to the occurrence of an advantageous gaming state (“big hit” game, etc.) that is advantageous to the player. The production video related to the occurrence of the advantageous gaming state is to draw a special lottery result for generating the advantageous gaming state triggered by the acceptance of the game medium at the starting point, and to suggest the player the lottery result It is a directing video. Specifically, after variably displaying a plurality of symbol strings in which a plurality of specially-corresponding symbols (designs including special symbols and symbols corresponding to them) are arranged, each symbol column is sequentially stopped and displayed. It is the effect animation which suggests the special lottery result drawn by the combination of the special correspondence symbol in each symbol row.

  In addition, the “replacement device” includes “a device that replaces the normal display body and the deformed display body so as to cross each other”, and “a device that moves the normal display body and the deformed display body in the same direction. And a “device for changing the normal display body and the deformed display body by moving them in different directions without crossing each other”.

  According to the configuration of the means 1, the game area into which the game medium is driven by the player's operation, the flat normal display body capable of displaying the production moving image at the approximate center in the front view game area, and the normal display body are: The game medium is driven into the game area with the deformed display body that is formed in a different shape and capable of displaying the production video, and the normal display body at a substantially central position in the front view game area. And a replacement device that replaces according to the gaming state that changes.

  As a result, in a normal gaming state, an effect moving image (effect image including a still image) is displayed on the flat normal display body at the approximate center in the front view gaming area. It becomes a state similar to the state where the effect video is displayed, and the player can naturally recognize that the central normal display body corresponds to the main display device in the conventional gaming machine, A game can be played without a sense of incongruity in the same atmosphere as a conventional gaming machine. Then, the normal display body at the approximate center in the game area is replaced with the deformed display body formed in a different shape by the replacement device according to the game state changed by driving the game medium into the game area. Since the production video is displayed on the display body, the production video is displayed on the display body of an irregular shape (unusual display body) that is not possible with conventional game machines, Can have a strong impact. In addition, if the replacement between the normal display body and the deformed display body is performed quickly, the player can be given an illusion that the flat normal display body is deformed into a deformed display body. The main display device can be physically deformed, so that it is possible to produce an effect that is impossible in a conventional gaming machine, and this can also give a strong impact to the player. In this way, it is possible to give a strong impact by showing the player an effect that is not possible with a conventional gaming machine, and to greatly amuse the player and suppress a decrease in interest in the game.

  In addition, an effect image relating to the suggestion of a special lottery result that draws the occurrence of an advantageous gaming state that the player has an advantage (an effect image that is stopped and displayed after a plurality of specially-designed symbol sequences are variably displayed) By displaying on the display body, the player can be surely recognized that the normal display body in the approximate center in the game area is the main display device in the conventional gaming machine, and the above-described effects can be ensured. Can play. In addition, the normal display body is replaced with the deformed display body by the replacement device in a state in which the effect animation of the special correspondence symbol is displayed on the normal display body. As a result, the special correspondence symbol displayed in the production video is always displayed without interruption, so that the special correspondence symbol can no longer be seen so that the player is not distrusted and the player can be relieved. It is possible to entertain the game in the state of being allowed.

  In addition, it is desirable to form the deformed display body in a stunning shape, so that when the normal display body is replaced with a deformed display body according to the gaming state, a flat normal display body is provided to the player. It is easy to make an illusion as if it is deformed to form a deformed display, and the player can be greatly surprised. When replacing this normal display body with a deformed display body, for example, the normal display body displays a battle animation between characters whose normal display body is deformed, and at the moment when the character's decision technique is decided By replacing it with the display body, it is possible to make it appear that the normal display body has been transformed into a deformed display body shape by the character, so by collaboration with the replacement of the normal display body and the production image, Along with being able to present to the player a continuous performance with a series of stories, it is possible to give a strong impact to the player, and to make the player entertained and suppress a decrease in interest in the game it can.

  Further, the deformed display body may be made to be swingable, so that when the normal display body is replaced with the deformed display body according to the gaming state, it can be replaced by the inertial force or vibration at the time of replacement. After that, since the deformed display body swings for a while, the effect moving image displayed on the deformed display body together with the deformed display body swings swingingly. Therefore, it can be clearly seen that the display screen (the deformed display body) itself is fluctuating more and more compared to the case where the production video that is shaking is displayed on the display screen of the main display device in the conventional gaming machine. Thus, it is possible to present the player with an effect that could not be achieved with a conventional gaming machine, and to give a strong impact to the player.

  In addition, a visually recognizable area in which the rear can be visually recognized is provided in the approximate center of the game area, and the normal display body may be visually recognized through the visually recognizable area. As a result, the rear side is visible only through the viewable region, and therefore, the deformed display body is not visible from the player side in a normal gaming state by arranging the deformed display body behind the viewable region. be able to. Therefore, when the deformed display body outside the viewable area is replaced with the normal display body within the viewable area by the replacement device, the deformed display body can be viewed from the player side for the first time. It is possible to easily make an illusion as if the normal display body is physically deformed to form a deformed display body, and a strong impact can be given to the player. Also, in this case, in the same atmosphere as a conventional gaming machine in which the production video can be visually recognized through the frame of the center actor, the production video that is normally displayed on the display body can be shown to the player through the visible area, The display of the production video can be shown to the player without a sense of incongruity, and the production video can be enjoyed to prevent a decrease in interest.

  In addition, a moving image projection device that projects an effect moving image from the rear toward the front may be provided in the approximate center of the front view game area, and the effect moving image may be projected and displayed on the normal display body and the deformed display body. As a result, the production video can be displayed on the deformed display body by projecting the production video from the video projection device, so that the display screen itself displays the production video like the liquid crystal panel or the organic EL panel. Compared with the case where it can be made to be able to be made, since the restrictions on the shape of the deformed display body are reduced, the shape of the deformed display body can be made a more free and unusual shape, and a conventional liquid crystal panel or the like It is possible to give an extremely strong impact to the player by displaying the effect animation on the deformed display body having a shape that could not be achieved with this game machine. In addition, in this case, the thickness of the normal display body and the deformed display body can be made as thin as possible as compared with the case where the production moving image is displayed using a liquid crystal display device, an organic EL display device, or the like. It can be set as a simple structure. Therefore, by reducing the thickness of the normal display body and the deformed display body, it is possible to suppress an increase in the space occupied by the normal display body or the like in the gaming machine, and it is easy to relatively secure a space for other decorative bodies. Therefore, the game machine can be provided with a larger number of decorative bodies or can be made larger, and can be made more conspicuous by the decorative body to provide a highly appealing gaming machine.

  In addition, a special lottery result lottery for generating an advantageous gaming state in which the player is advantageous by accepting game media is provided, and the special lottery result is suggested using a normal display body or a variant display body. The effect moving image to be displayed may be displayed, and the normal display body may be replaced with the deformed display body by the replacement device according to the special lottery result. As a result, when the normal display body displaying the effect video suggesting the special lottery result drawn by accepting the game medium to the start opening (start winning prize) is replaced with a different shape display body, suddenly, Since the player can make an illusion that the flat display body is deformed into a deformed display body, the player who stared at the normal display body (special correspondence pattern) can be greatly surprised. At the same time, if the special lottery result must be one that generates an advantageous gaming state (for example, a big hit), it can make the player think, and raise the expectation for the occurrence of the advantageous gaming state and reduce the interest. Can be suppressed.

  In addition, a plurality of deformed display bodies having different shapes may be provided, and any of the deformed display bodies may be replaced with a normal display body, whereby a deformed display body that can be replaced with a normal display body according to a gaming state. Since the shapes vary, the number of replacement variations increases, making it difficult for the player to get bored, and reducing the interest of the player in the game can be suppressed.

Means 2: In the constitution of means 1,
“The deformed indicator is
“It is formed in a stunning shape”.

  Here, the “rendering shape” is a shape that allows the player to recognize that the normal display body has been changed by replacing the normal display body, specifically, “broken shape”, “Cut shape”, “Tear shape”, “Tear shape”, “Crush shape”, “Break shape”, “Punched shape”, “Shape with bullet hole”, “ `` Stretched shape '', `` shrinked shape '', `` rounded shape '', `` compressed shape '', `` destructed shape '', `` protruding shape '', `` concave shape '', `` including ripples '' Wave shape ", etc. are mentioned.

  According to the structure of the means 2, the deformed display body is formed in a stunning shape.

  Thereby, when the normal display body is replaced with a deformed display body according to the gaming state, it is possible to make the player easily have the illusion that the flat normal display body is deformed into a deformed display body. And can greatly surprise the player. More specifically, for example, when replacing a normal display body with a deformed display body, a battle effect animation between characters that causes the normal display body to be deformed is displayed on the normal display body, and the character determination technique is determined. By replacing it with a deformed display at the moment, the normal display can be transformed into the shape of the deformed display by deforming the normal display by the character. Through collaboration, a player can present a continuous production with a series of stories, and can have a strong impact on the player. Can be made.

  In addition, the normal display body is replaced with a deformed display body formed in a stunning shape, and an image of an odd black frame is displayed on the display screen of the main display device of a conventional gaming machine so that the display screen is changed. Since the physical shape of the display screen changes compared to the case of making it, it can have a strong impact on the player and make it seem that there is something good for the player The expectation for a game can be raised.

Means 3: In the constitution of means 1 or means 2,
“The deformed indicator is
It is characterized by being able to swing.

  According to the configuration of the means 3, the deformed display body can be swung.

  As a result, due to the inertial force or vibration when the normal display body is replaced with a deformed display body according to the gaming state, the deformed display body will swing for a while after being replaced. Also, the effect animation displayed on the deformed display can be physically swung. Therefore, it is clear that the display screen (the deformed display body) itself is physically fluctuating as compared with the case where the effect animation is displayed on the display screen of the main display device in the conventional gaming machine. Therefore, it is possible to present to the player an effect that could not be achieved with a conventional gaming machine, and to give a strong impact to the player.

Means 4: In any one configuration from means 1 to means 3,
“In addition to a front view, it has a viewable area that is partitioned from the player side so that the rear can be seen at the approximate center in the game area,
The normal display body is made visible through the viewable area from the player side ".

  Here, as the “visible region”, “a region in the frame of the frame-shaped center accessory arranged in the approximate center in the game region”, “a plate-like shape defining the rear end of the game region” "Area in the hole penetrating the game panel back and forth", "Area in the frame of the frame-shaped decorative seal affixed to the plate-like transparent game panel that defines the rear end of the game area", Etc.

  According to the configuration of the means 4, the gaming machine is further provided with a viewable area that divides the rear side from the player side so as to be visible at the approximate center in the front view game area, and is visible from the player side. The normal display body is made visible through the area.

  As a result, the normal display body can be seen from the player side through the viewable area in the center of the front view game area, so that it can be seen in the same atmosphere as a conventional game machine in which the production video can be seen through the frame of the center bonus It is possible to show the player the production video that is normally displayed on the display body through the area, the player can display the production video without feeling uncomfortable, and entertain the production video to suppress the decrease in interest Can do.

  In addition, since the rear can be viewed only through the viewable area, the deformed display body is arranged behind the viewable area so that the player cannot visually recognize the deformed display body in a normal gaming state. Can do. Therefore, when the deformed display body outside the viewable area is replaced with the normal display body within the viewable area by the replacement device, the deformed display body can be viewed from the player side for the first time. It is possible to easily make an illusion as if the normal display body is physically deformed to form a deformed display body, and a strong impact can be given to the player.

Means 5: In any one configuration from means 1 to means 4,
“It further includes a video projection device that projects a production video from the rear to the front in the approximate center of the game area in front view,
The normal display body and the deformed display body are:
The effect moving image is displayed so as to be visible from the player side by projecting the effect moving image from the moving image projection device.

  Here, examples of the “moving image projection device” include “liquid crystal projector”, “laser projector”, “film projector”, and the like. Note that the moving image projection apparatus may be provided with an autofocus function for the distance to the normal display body or the deformed display body.

  In addition, the normal display body and the deformed display body that are displayed so as to be visible from the player side by projecting the effect video are transparent or displayed to transmit the effect video projected from the rear to the front and diffuse the display. It is a transmissive display body having translucency. Examples of the transmissive display include “a plate having rigidity”, “a sheet having flexibility (film)”, “a sheet having elasticity”, and the like.

  According to the configuration of the means 5, the game machine is further provided with a video projection device that projects a production video from the rear to the front in the approximate center of the front view game area. The effect animation is displayed on the normal display body and the deformed display body so as to be visible from the player side by the projection.

  Thereby, since the effect animation is displayed on the normal display body and the deformed display body using the movie projector, compared with the case where the effect animation is displayed using a liquid crystal display device, an organic EL display device, or the like. The configuration related to the normal display body and the like can be simplified. In detail, because the production video is displayed on the normal display body or the deformed display body by projecting the production video from the video projection device, it is compared with the case where the normal display body is a liquid crystal panel of the liquid crystal display device. In addition, it is not necessary to provide a backlight on the rear side of the normal display body or the like, and the thickness of the normal display body or the deformed display body can be made as thin as possible to achieve a simple configuration. Therefore, by reducing the thickness of the normal display body and the deformed display body, it is possible to suppress an increase in the space occupied by the normal display body or the like in the gaming machine, and it is easy to relatively secure a space for other decorative bodies. Therefore, the game machine can be provided with a larger number of decorative bodies or can be made larger, and can be made more conspicuous by the decorative body to provide a highly appealing gaming machine.

  Further, since the deformed display body can display the effect moving image by projecting the effect moving image from the moving image projection device, the display screen itself can be displayed like the liquid crystal panel or the organic EL panel. Compared to the case where the production video can be displayed, the restriction on the shape of the deformed display body is reduced, so that the shape of the deformed display body can be made more free and unusual, such as a liquid crystal panel. It is possible to give a very strong impact to the player by displaying the effect animation on the deformed display body having a shape that is not possible with a conventional gaming machine using the.

  In addition, because the production video is projected and displayed from the rear to the front on the normal display body or the deformed display body, a mechanism for projecting the video is arranged in front of the normal display body or the deformed display body. Therefore, it is possible to use the front side of the normal display body or the deformed display body, that is, the game area relatively widely, and to easily construct a configuration of the gaming machine that can entertain the player. .

  Furthermore, an effect video is projected and displayed on the normal display body and the deformed display body from behind, and the effect video is shown to the player by the transmitted light transmitted through the normal display body and the deformed display body. Therefore, compared to the case where the effect video is projected from the front and reflected by the reflected light, even if another light hits the normal display body or the deformed display body from the player side, if the effect video is difficult to see In addition, it is possible to entertain the player by displaying easy-to-view production videos, and the installation conditions such as brightness in the gaming hall where the gaming machine is installed are relaxed, and this gaming machine can be installed without problems in various gaming halls. be able to.

  In addition, an effect animation is projected and displayed from the rear to the front on the normal display body or the deformed display body, and when the normal display body and the deformed display body are replaced by the replacement device according to the gaming state. If the normal display body is replaced with the deformed display body while the production video is projected from the video projection device, that is, the production video is displayed on the normal display body, the normal display body is replaced. At this moment, the light from the video projector reaches the player in front of the gaming machine and the player's eyes are dazzled for a moment, making it difficult to understand the moment when the normal display body is replaced. Accordingly, it is possible to easily give the player the illusion that the normal display body is actually deformed into a deformed display body shape, so that the player can have a strong impact. It can be set as the game machine which plays an effect reliably.

  It should be noted that it is desirable that at least one of the normal display body and the deformed display body is always located within the projection area of the effect moving image by the moving image projection device (substantially central area in the front view game area). As a result, by continuously projecting the special correspondence symbol (the production animation) on the area where the normal display body or the like is always located in the projection region, the special correspondence symbol can be continuously displayed to the player. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the special correspondence symbol from being seen on the way and to cause the player to feel distrust, and to enjoy the game without making the player uneasy.

  In addition, a production video may be projected from the video projection device onto a normal display body or an irregular display body such as a liquid crystal panel or an organic EL panel, and the production video displayed on the liquid crystal panel or the like is projected from the video projection device. With the effect video, the player can show an effect video in an unprecedented display form.

Means 6: In any one configuration from means 1 to means 5,
“It further includes a start port that is arranged in the gaming area and is used for lottery of a special lottery result for generating an advantageous gaming state that is advantageous to the player upon receipt of the gaming medium,
An effect video that suggests the result of the special lottery drawn by accepting the game medium at the start opening is displayed without interruption using the normal display body and the deformed display body, and according to the result of the special lottery. The normal display body and the deformed display body can be replaced.

  Here, the “starting port” is “a game medium that can always be accepted”, “normally a game medium that cannot be accepted, and a lottery that passes through a specific area within the game area. "A game medium that can accept game media according to the lottery result (variable start port)".

  The “advantageous gaming state” means a gaming state in which the player has an advantage over the normal gaming state, and includes the following various states.

  (1) In a gaming machine such as a pachinko machine, a large winning opening or a prize winning opening that is opened and closed so as to be able to receive gaming media is repeatedly opened and closed a predetermined number of times, or a predetermined number of gaming media are received. In such a state that a large amount of game media can be easily received in the big winning award, the bonus winning award etc. (so-called “big hit game” state).

  (2) On a gaming machine such as a pachinko machine, the probability of winning a special lottery result regarding a big hit is set to a higher probability than usual, and the probability that a special lottery result that generates a big hit gaming state is drawn higher than normal. (So-called “probability fluctuation state”).

  (3) In a gaming machine such as a pachinko machine, there is a special lottery result that generates a big hit gaming state by making the time suggesting the lottery special lottery result shorter than usual and increasing the number of lotteries per unit time. A state in which a lottery is drawn relatively early (so-called “time reduction state”).

  (4) In a gaming machine such as a pachislot machine, a state in which the reel is easily stopped in a mode of paying out a medal as a game medium during a predetermined game (so-called “bonus game state”).

  (5) In a gaming machine such as a pachislot machine, a state in which the reel can be stopped with a bonus symbol which is a condition for making the next game state a bonus game state (so-called “bonus establishment state”).

  (6) In a gaming machine such as a pachislot machine, a state that assists in the formation of a combination by guiding a reel stop order and symbols for establishing a combination for a predetermined number of games (so-called “assist game state”) ").

(7) In a gaming machine such as a pachislot machine, a state in which the probability that a bonus state such as a bonus game state, bonus establishment state, assist game state, etc. occurs is higher than usual (so-called “probability variation state”).
Etc.

  Furthermore, the “production video” that suggests the special lottery result is to display a plurality of symbol sequences in which a plurality of special correspondence symbols are arranged in a variable manner, and then stop and display each symbol sequence sequentially. It is an effect animation that suggests a special lottery result drawn by a combination of special correspondence symbols in the symbol sequence.

  Also, “without effect animation being interrupted” means that there is no state in which the effect animation (special correspondence symbol) is not displayed on either the normal display body or the deformed display body.

  According to the configuration of the means 6, the game machine is arranged in the game area, and the start port for performing the lottery of the special lottery result for generating the advantageous game state that is advantageous to the player when the game medium is received is provided. In addition, a production video suggesting a special lottery result drawn by accepting a game medium at the start opening is displayed without interruption using a normal display body and a deformed display body, and a special lottery result Accordingly, the normal display body and the deformed display body can be replaced by the replacement device.

  As a result, when the player places the game medium into the game area and accepts it at the start port, a lottery of a special lottery result that may cause an advantageous gaming state that is advantageous to the player is performed. Since the production video suggesting the special lottery result made is displayed on the video display screen, the player can be thrilled and excited depending on whether or not the special lottery result in which an advantageous gaming state occurs has been drawn. It is possible to entertain the effect animation (variable display of special correspondence symbols) displayed on. And if the normal display body which displays the production animation which suggests the special lottery result is replaced with the deformed display body with a different shape by the replacement device according to the lottery special lottery result, suddenly a flat plate shape Since the player can make an illusion that the normal display body of the display is deformed and transformed into a deformed display body, the player who stared at the normal display body (special design) can be greatly surprised, If the result of the special lottery must generate an advantageous gaming state (for example, a big hit), it can make the player think, and raise the expectation for the occurrence of the advantageous gaming state and suppress the decrease in interest be able to.

  In addition, when the normal display body and the deformed display body are replaced by the replacement device, the effect animation suggesting the special lottery result is continuously displayed on either the normal display body or the deformed display body without interruption. The special correspondence symbol will not be invisible, and the special correspondence symbol will not be visible, so that the player can be prevented from feeling distrust, and the player can be enjoyed with peace of mind.

Means 7: In the gaming machine,
“A game area where game media is driven by the player's operation,
A viewable area that divides the rear from the player side at a substantially center in the game area in front view,
A start port for drawing a special lottery result, which is arranged differently in the game area from the viewable area, and that generates an advantageous gaming state that is advantageous to the player when the game medium is received;
A moving image projection device for projecting an effect moving image including the suggestion of the special lottery result drawn by accepting a game medium to the start opening from the rear to the front in the viewable region;
A normal display body in the form of a plate that displays an effect video from the player side through the viewable region by projecting an effect video from the video projection device,
A deformed display body that is formed in a stunning shape different from that of the normal display body, and that displays the effect moving image so as to be visible from the player side by projection of the effect moving image from the moving image projection device and is swingable. When,
The deformable display body is displayed in front view according to the special lottery result so that the production animation suggesting the special lottery result is displayed without interruption using the deformed display body and the normal display body. And a replacement device for replacing the normal display body at the rear position of the head.

  According to the structure of the means 7, the game area into which the game medium is driven by the player's operation on the gaming machine and the rear view from the player side that can be visually recognized at the approximate center in the front view game area are visible The area and the viewable area are arranged differently in the game area, and a start opening for performing a lottery of a special lottery result for generating an advantageous game state that is advantageous to the player when the game medium is received, Projecting a moving image projection device for projecting an effect video including a suggestion of a special lottery result drawn by accepting a game medium to the start opening from the rear to the front in the viewable region, and projecting the effect video from the video projection device Therefore, it is formed in a flat-shaped normal display body that displays the production video so that it can be viewed through the viewable area from the player side, and a production shape different from the normal display body. In this way, the production video is displayed so that it can be viewed from the player side, and the irregular display body that can be swung, and the production video that suggests the special lottery result using the irregular display body and the normal display body are displayed without interruption. As described above, the display device includes a replacement device that replaces the irregular display body with a normal display body at a rear position of the front viewable area according to a special lottery result.

  As a result, in the normal gaming state, the effect moving image is projected from the moving image projection device onto the normal display body located at the rear in the front view visible area at the approximate center of the game area, and the effect moving image is displayed on the normal display object. (Effect image including still image) is displayed. In addition, when a game medium is received at the start opening and a special lottery result is drawn, an effect image (variable display of a special corresponding symbol) that suggests the lottery special lottery result is also displayed in the viewable area. Is displayed. Therefore, in the conventional gaming machine, the state is the same as the state in which the effect video is displayed on the main display device through the frame of the center role, so that the normal display body in the center is the conventional gaming machine for the player. It is possible to naturally recognize that it is equivalent to the main display device in No. 1, and to enjoy the production animation without a sense of incongruity in the same atmosphere as a conventional gaming machine. And according to the special lottery result drawn by accepting the game medium at the start opening, the normal display body displaying the effect video suggesting the special lottery result by the replacement device is a different shape display body Since the deformed display outside the viewable area that cannot be seen by the player will be visible through the viewable area, the flat-shaped normal display will suddenly deform and become a deformed display. This makes it possible to present the player with an effect that is impossible with conventional gaming machines where the main display device is physically deformed, and stares at the normal display (special design). The player who was playing is greatly surprised and has a strong impact, the player can be greatly enjoyed, and the special lottery result generates an advantageous gaming state (for example, If must be a big hit) can be reminiscent to a player, let increase the expectation for development of advantageous game state can be suppressed lowering of interest.

  In addition, when the normal display body and the deformed display body are replaced by the replacement device, the effect animation suggesting the special lottery result is continuously displayed on either the normal display body or the deformed display body without interruption. The special correspondence symbol will not be invisible, and the special correspondence symbol will not be visible, so that the player can be prevented from feeling distrust, and the player can be enjoyed with peace of mind.

  Furthermore, since the deformed display body is formed in a stunning shape, if the normal display body is replaced with the deformed display body by the replacement device according to the special lottery result, a flat normal display body is provided to the player. It is easy to make an illusion as if deformed to form a deformed display, and the player can be greatly surprised. More specifically, for example, when replacing a normal display body with a deformed display body, a battle effect animation between characters that causes the normal display body to be deformed is displayed on the normal display body, and the character determination technique is determined. By replacing it with a deformed display at the moment, the normal display can be transformed into the shape of the deformed display by deforming the normal display by the character. Through collaboration, a player can present a continuous production with a series of stories, and can have a strong impact on the player. Can be made.

  In addition, the normal display body is replaced with a deformed display body formed in a stunning shape, and an image of an odd black frame is displayed on the display screen of the main display device of a conventional gaming machine so that the display screen is changed. Since the physical shape of the display screen changes compared to the case of making it, it can have a strong impact on the player and make it seem that there is something good for the player The expectation for a game can be raised.

  In addition, the deformed display can be swung, and the deformed display can swing for a while after the replacement due to the inertial force or vibration when the normal display is replaced with the deformed display. The effect animation displayed on the deformed display body together with the display body can be physically swung. Therefore, it is clear that the display screen (the deformed display body) itself is physically fluctuating as compared with the case where the effect animation is displayed on the display screen of the main display device in the conventional gaming machine. Therefore, it is possible to present to the player an effect that could not be achieved with a conventional gaming machine, and to give a strong impact to the player.

  In addition, because the production video is displayed on the normal display body or the deformed display body by projecting the production video from the video projection device, compared with the case where the normal display body is a liquid crystal panel of the liquid crystal display device. In addition, it is not necessary to provide a backlight on the rear side of the normal display body and the deformed display body, and the thickness of the normal display body and the deformed display body can be made as thin as possible to achieve a simple configuration. Therefore, by reducing the thickness of the normal display body and the deformed display body, it is possible to suppress an increase in the space occupied by the normal display body or the like in the gaming machine, and it is easy to relatively secure a space for other decorative bodies. Therefore, the game machine can be provided with a larger number of decorative bodies or can be made larger, and can be made more conspicuous by the decorative body to provide a highly appealing gaming machine.

  Further, since the deformed display body can display the effect moving image by projecting the effect moving image from the moving image projection device, the display screen itself can be displayed like the liquid crystal panel or the organic EL panel. Compared to the case where the production video can be displayed, the restriction on the shape of the deformed display body is reduced, so that the shape of the deformed display body can be made more free and unusual, such as a liquid crystal panel. It is possible to give a very strong impact to the player by displaying the effect animation on the deformed display body having a shape that is not possible with a conventional gaming machine using the.

  Furthermore, an effect video is projected and displayed on the normal display body and the deformed display body from behind, and the effect video is shown to the player by the transmitted light transmitted through the normal display body and the deformed display body. Therefore, compared to the case where the effect video is projected from the front and reflected by the reflected light, even if another light hits the normal display body or the deformed display body from the player side, if the effect video is difficult to see In addition, it is possible to entertain the player by displaying easy-to-view production videos, and the installation conditions such as brightness in the gaming hall where the gaming machine is installed are relaxed, and this gaming machine can be installed without problems in various gaming halls. be able to.

  In addition, an effect animation is projected and displayed from the rear to the front on the normal display body or the deformed display body, and when the normal display body and the deformed display body are replaced by the replacement device according to the gaming state. If the normal display body is replaced with the deformed display body while the production video is projected from the video projection device, that is, the production video is displayed on the normal display body, the normal display body is replaced. At this moment, the light from the video projector reaches the player in front of the gaming machine and the player's eyes are dazzled for a moment, making it difficult to understand the moment when the normal display body is replaced. Accordingly, it is possible to easily give the player the illusion that the normal display body is actually deformed into a deformed display body shape, so that the player can have a strong impact. It can be set as the game machine which plays an effect reliably.

Means 8: In any one gaming machine of means 1 to means 7,
It is a pachinko machine.
Here, the pachinko machine is a gaming machine in which an input medium that is a medium that a player inputs into the gaming machine and a game medium that is a medium used for a substantial game performed by the player are the same. This is a type of gaming machine in which a game is played using a medium such as a game ball inserted. Specifically, “a launching device that launches a game ball in response to the operation of the operation handle, and appropriate equipment such as a number of obstacle nails, accessories, display means, etc. , A game area provided with appropriate entrances for game balls such as passing holes and arrival holes, a rail for guiding the game balls from the launcher to the game area, and entrance of the game balls guided to the game area It has a payout means for paying out a predetermined number of game balls as prize balls according to the entrance to the ball entrance or according to the entrance mode of the game balls to the plurality of entrances.

  In addition, there are various types of pachinko machines, which are generally represented by what is referred to as a “digipachi machine”, “entrance state detection means for detecting the entrance state to the entrance (game state detection And a special lottery means for performing a predetermined lottery when the incoming ball is detected by the incoming ball state detecting means, and a special symbol for varying the special symbol according to the lottery result of the lottery means and stopping the fluctuation. `` Those with symbol display means '' or `` In addition, during the variation of special correspondence symbols including special symbols, symbol sequences consisting of a plurality of special correspondence symbols are displayed in a variable manner, and the special correspondence symbols of those symbol sequences are specified. Effect display means (main display device) that performs appropriate effect display by stopping display of each symbol row so as to be a combination, drawing a display object such as a character or various articles, and operating the display object, etc. Further "Equipped", "equipped with lottery means for lottery by lottery of game balls in an accessory", typically represented by "Honey machine", commonly referred to as "alepachi machine" “One game is played with a predetermined number of game balls, such as 16 for example, and a predetermined number of game balls are paid out according to the state of the game balls entering into a plurality of entrances in one game. What to do "etc. can be illustrated.

  According to the configuration of the means 8, any effect of the above-described means can be achieved in the pachinko machine.

Means 9: In any one gaming machine from means 1 to means 7,
It is a pachislot machine.
Here, the pachislot machine inserts a medal as an insertion medium, and rotates a plurality of reels each having a plurality of symbols drawn thereon by operating a starting operation means (for example, an operation lever) after the medal is inserted. Then, the player can perform a game such that the symbol sequence constituted by each reel is variably displayed, and thereafter the variation display of each symbol sequence is stopped in accordance with the operation of the stop operation means (for example, stop button). Is to be done. In other words, it can be understood as a slot machine with a stop operation function. If the stop operating means is not operated even after the predetermined time has elapsed, the variable display of the symbol sequence may be stopped when the predetermined time has elapsed. And, when the variable display of each symbol row is stopped, the displayed single symbol is a specific symbol, the combination of symbols displayed in each symbol row is a specific combination, etc. When the condition is satisfied, a predetermined number of medals are paid out according to the satisfied condition, or a special advantageous state advantageous to the player who can acquire a large amount of medals is generated.

  According to the structure of the means 9, in the pachislot machine, the effect of any of the above-mentioned means can be exhibited.

Means 10: In any one gaming machine from means 1 to means 7,
It is characterized by combining a pachinko machine and a pachislot machine.
Here, “a game machine in which a pachinko machine and a pachislot machine are fused” means that a plurality of (for example, five) game balls are used as one unit of input medium, and after the input medium is input, the starting operation means A symbol string composed of a plurality of symbols is variably displayed in response to an operation of the operation lever (for example, an operation lever), and thereafter, the variation of the symbol string is stopped in response to an operation of a stop operation means (for example, a stop button). If the stop operating means is not operated even after the predetermined time has elapsed, the variable display of the symbol sequence may be stopped when the predetermined time has elapsed. And, when the variable display of each symbol row is stopped, the displayed single symbol is a specific symbol, the combination of symbols displayed in each symbol row is a specific combination, etc. When the condition is satisfied, a predetermined number of medals are paid out according to the satisfied condition, or a special advantageous state advantageous to the player who can acquire a large amount of medals is generated.

  According to the configuration of the means 10, in a gaming machine in which a pachinko machine and a pachislot machine are fused, the operational effects of any of the means described above can be achieved.

  Thus, according to the present invention, it is possible to provide a gaming machine that can suppress a decrease in the interest of the player by enabling an effect that gives a strong impact to the player.

It is a front view of the pachinko machine which is one embodiment of the present invention. It is a right view of a pachinko machine. It is a top view of a pachinko machine. It is a rear view of a pachinko machine. It is the perspective view which looked at the pachinko machine from the front. It is the perspective view which looked at the pachinko machine from back. It is the perspective view of the pachinko machine seen from the front in the state where the door frame was opened from the main body frame and the main body frame was opened from the outer frame. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the pachinko machine into the door frame, the game board, the main body frame, and the outer frame, and was seen from the front. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the pachinko machine into the door frame, the game board, the main body frame, and the outer frame, and was seen from the back. It is a front view of the outer frame in a pachinko machine. It is a right view of an outer frame. It is the perspective view which looked at the outer frame from the front. It is the perspective view which looked at the outer frame from back. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the outer frame and was seen from the front. (A) is the perspective view which looked at the site | part of the outer frame side upper hinge member in an outer frame from the lower side, abbreviate | omitting the left frame member, (b) is an exploded perspective view which decomposes | disassembles and shows (a). . (A) is a perspective view which expands and shows the state by which the main body frame side upper hinge member of the main body frame is removed with respect to the outer frame side upper hinge member of an outer frame, (b) is an outer upper hinge member. It is a perspective view which expands and shows the state by which the main body side upper hinge member is attached to. It is explanatory drawing which shows the effect | action of the lock member in an outer frame. (A) is AA sectional drawing in FIG. 1, (b) is sectional drawing which shows the state which opened the main body frame with the door frame with respect to the outer frame in (a). It is a front view of the door frame in a pachinko machine. It is a rear view of a door frame. It is the perspective view which looked at the door frame from the right front. It is the perspective view which looked at the door frame from the left front. It is the perspective view which looked at the door frame from back. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the door frame for every main member and was seen from the front. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the door frame for every main member and was seen from back. It is the perspective view which looked at the tray unit of the door frame from the front. It is the perspective view which looked at the plate unit from back. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the plate unit for every main member and was seen from the front. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the plate unit for every main member and was seen from back. (A) is the perspective view which looked at the production operation unit of the plate unit from the front, (b) is the perspective view which looked at the production operation unit from the back. It is the perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the production operation unit for every main member, and was seen from the top. FIG. 12 is an exploded perspective view of the production operation unit as seen from below after disassembling each main member. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the attachment base unit of the production operation unit, and was seen from the top. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the attachment base unit and was seen from the bottom. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the touch unit of the production operation unit, and was seen from the top. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the touch unit and was seen from the bottom. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the button unit of production | presentation operation unit, and was seen from the top. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the button unit and was seen from the bottom. It is a top view of a dish unit. It is sectional drawing which expands and shows the site | part of an effect operation unit in the BB cross section in FIG. It is sectional drawing which expands and shows the site | part of an effect operation unit in CC cross section in FIG. (A) is a front view of the door lower right production unit of a plate unit, (b) is a right view of a door lower right production unit. (A) is the perspective view which looked at the door lower right production unit from the front, (b) is the perspective view which looked at the door lower right production unit from the back. It is DD sectional drawing in the door lower right production | presentation unit of FIG.42 (b). It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the door lower right production | presentation unit and was seen from the front. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the door lower right production | presentation unit and was seen from back. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the rotary body internal unit of the door lower right production | presentation unit, and was seen from the front. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the rotary body internal unit and was seen from back. (A) is a front view of a state in which the door lower right rotating body of the door lower right effect unit faces forward, and (b) is a front view of a state in which the door lower right rotating body faces rearward. (A) is the perspective view seen from the front in the state which attached the top dish ball removal unit to the dish unit base in (a), (b) from the back in the state which attached the top dish ball removal unit to the dish unit base FIG. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the top dish ball removal unit and was seen from the front. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the upper tray ball removal unit and was seen from back. (A) is the perspective view which looked at the lower tray ball removal unit from the front, and (b) is the perspective view which looked at the lower tray ball removal unit from back. (A) is the perspective view which looked at the foul cover unit of the door frame from the front, (b) is the perspective view which looked at the foul cover unit from the back. (A) is the disassembled perspective view which looked at the foul cover unit from the front after removing the cover member, (b) is the disassembled perspective view which looked at the foul cover unit from the back after removing the cover member. It is a front view of a foul cover unit in the state where a lid member was removed. It is the perspective view which looked at the main body frame from the front. It is the perspective view which looked at the main body frame from back. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the main body frame for every main member and was seen from the front. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the main body frame for every main member and was seen from back. It is the perspective view which looked at the dispensing unit from the front. It is the perspective view which looked at the dispensing unit from back. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the payout unit for every main structure, and was seen from the front. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the payout unit for every main structure, and was seen from back. (A) is the perspective view which looked at the ball guidance unit of the payout unit from the front, and (b) is the perspective view which looked at the ball guidance unit from the back. It is a disassembled perspective view of a ball guidance unit. (A) is the perspective view which looked at the payout apparatus of a payout unit from the front, (b) is the perspective view which looked at the payout apparatus from the back. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the payout apparatus and was seen from the front. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the payout apparatus and was seen from back. (A) is a front view of the dispensing device, and (b) is a cross-sectional view taken along line EE in (a). (A) is explanatory drawing which shows the state which closed the ball extraction channel | path with the ball extraction movable piece in the dispensing device, (b) is explanatory drawing which shows the state which opened the ball extraction channel | path with the ball extraction movable piece. It is explanatory drawing which expands and shows the site | part of the delivery blade | wing in a delivery device. (A) is the perspective view which looked at the upper full sphere path unit in the dispensing unit from the front, (b) is the perspective view which looked at the upper full sphere path unit from the back. (A) is the exploded perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the upper full sphere path | route unit and was seen from the front, (b) was the exploded perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the upper full sphere path unit and was seen from the back. (A) is the perspective view which looked at the lower full sphere path unit in the dispensing unit from the front, and (b) is the perspective view which looked at the lower full sphere path unit from the back. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the lower full ball path unit and was seen from the front. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the lower full tank path unit and was seen from back. (A) is explanatory drawing which shows the state in which the guidance path opening / closing door is closed in a lower full sphere path | route unit, (b) is explanatory drawing which shows the state in which the guidance path opening / closing door is open. It is explanatory drawing which shows the relationship between the foul cover unit of a door frame, and a lower full sphere path | route unit. It is explanatory drawing which shows the flow of the game ball in a payout unit. It is a front view of a game board. It is the perspective view seen from the front of a game board. It is the perspective view which looked at the game board from back. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the game board for every main structure and was seen from the front. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the game board for every main structure and was seen from back. It is the perspective view which looked at the back unit from the front. It is the perspective view which looked at the back unit from back. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the back unit for every main structure and was seen from the front. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the back unit for every main structure, and was seen from the back. It is sectional drawing cut | disconnected by the FF line in FIG. (A) is a front view of a game board showing a normal state, (b) replaces the first moving picture display body with a second moving picture display body, and rotates the back upper left decorative body to the appearance position, It is a front view of the game board which shows the state which moved the decoration body to the falling end. (A) is a perspective view which shows a moving image projection unit, a back center production unit, a back upper left production unit, and a back front production unit in a normal state, (b) shows a 1st moving image display body from the state of (a). It is a perspective view which shows the state which changed to the 2nd moving image display body, rotated the back upper left decoration body to the appearance position, and moved the back front decoration body to the falling end. (A) is a front view which shows a moving image projection unit and a back center production | presentation unit in a normal state, (b) is the front shown in the state which replaced the 1st moving image display body and the 2nd moving image display body in (a). FIG. (A) is sectional drawing cut | disconnected by the GG line in FIG. 93, (b) shows the state in the middle of replacing the 1st moving image display body and the 2nd moving image display body from the state of (a). It is sectional drawing, (c) is sectional drawing cut | disconnected by the HH line | wire in FIG. It is a block diagram which shows roughly the control structure of a pachinko machine.

[1. Overall structure of pachinko machine]
A pachinko machine 1 according to an embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail with reference to the drawings. First, with reference to FIG. 1 thru | or FIG. 9, the whole structure of the pachinko machine 1 of this embodiment is demonstrated. FIG. 1 is a front view of a pachinko machine according to an embodiment of the present invention. 2 is a right side view of the pachinko machine, FIG. 3 is a plan view of the pachinko machine, and FIG. 4 is a rear view of the pachinko machine. FIG. 5 is a perspective view of the pachinko machine viewed from the front, and FIG. 6 is a perspective view of the pachinko machine viewed from the back. FIG. 7 is a perspective view of the pachinko machine viewed from the front with the door frame opened from the main frame and the main frame opened from the outer frame. FIG. 8 is an exploded perspective view of the pachinko machine as seen from the front after disassembling the door frame, game board, main body frame, and outer frame. FIG. 9 shows the pachinko machine as a door frame, game board, main body frame, and outer frame. FIG.

  A pachinko machine 1 according to the present embodiment includes a frame-shaped outer frame 2 installed in an island facility (not shown) of a game hall, a door frame 3 that closes the front surface of the outer frame 2 so that it can be opened and closed, and a door frame 3. A main body frame 4 that is supported so as to be opened and closed, and is attached to the outer frame 2 so as to be openable and closable, and is detachably attached to the main body frame 4 from the front side, and is visible from the player side through the door frame 3. And a game board 5 having a game area 5a into which a game ball is driven.

  As shown in FIGS. 8 and 9, the outer frame 2 of the pachinko machine 1 includes an upper frame member 10 and a lower frame member 20 that are spaced apart in the vertical direction and extend to the left and right, and the upper frame member 10 and the lower frame member. 20 includes a left frame member 30 and a right frame member 40 which are connected to each other at both ends and extend vertically. The upper frame member 10, the lower frame member 20, the left frame member 30, and the right frame member 40 are formed to have the same width in the front-rear direction. The upper and lower lengths of the left frame member 30 and the right frame member 40 are longer than the left and right lengths of the upper frame member 10 and the lower frame member 20.

  The outer frame 2 is attached to the left end of the left frame member 30 and the right frame member 40 by connecting the lower ends of the left frame member 30 and the right frame member 40 to the front side of the lower frame member 20 and the left end portion of the upper frame member 10 when viewed from the front. An outer frame side upper hinge member 60, and an outer frame side lower hinge member 70 attached to the upper left end portion of the curtain plate member 50 and the left frame member 30. The main frame 4 and the door frame 3 are attached to be openable and closable by an outer frame side upper hinge member 60 and an outer frame side lower hinge member 70 of the outer frame 2.

  The door frame 3 of the pachinko machine 1 is attached to a frame-shaped door frame base unit 100 having a through-hole 111 that has a quadrangular outer shape in front view and penetrates back and forth, and a lower part of the front surface of the door frame base unit 100. A tray unit 200 having an upper plate 201 and a lower plate 202 capable of storing balls, a top unit 350 attached to the upper front portion of the door frame base unit 100, and a left side attached to the front left portion of the door frame base unit 100 A unit 400, a right side unit 450 attached to the front right portion of the door frame base unit 100, and a game ball attached to the upper right portion 201 of the door frame base unit 100 through the plate unit 200 and stored in the upper plate 201 A handle unit 500 that can be operated by the player to drive the player into the game area of the game board 5, and the rear surface of the door frame base unit 100 A foul cover unit 520 that receives a game ball that has been attached to the game unit and missed into the game area and discharges it to the lower plate 202 of the plate unit 200, and a game ball on the upper plate 201 that is attached to the lower rear portion of the door frame base unit 100. A ball feed unit 540 for sending to the ball launcher 680, a glass unit 560 attached to the rear surface of the door frame base unit 100 and closing the through-hole 111, and a security cover 580 covering the lower rear surface of the glass unit 560. ing.

  The main body frame 4 of the pachinko machine 1 includes a frame-shaped main body frame base 600 that can be partially inserted into the frame of the outer frame 2 and can support the outer periphery of the game board 5, and the main body frame base 600. Attached to both the upper and lower ends on the left side of the front view and rotatably attached to the outer frame side upper hinge member 60 and the outer frame side lower hinge member 70 of the outer frame 2, and the door frame side upper hinge member 140 and the door frame of the door frame 3 respectively. The main body frame side upper hinge member 620 and the main body frame side lower hinge member 640 to which the lower side hinge member 150 is rotatably attached, the reinforcing frame 660 attached to the left side surface of the main body frame base 600 when viewed from the front, and the main body frame base 600 The ball launcher 680 for driving a game ball into the game area 5a of the game board 5 and the outer frame 2 and the main body frame 4 are attached to the right side of the main body frame base as viewed from the front. And door 3 and a locking unit 700 that locks between the main body frame 4 and a reverse L-shaped payout that is attached to the rear side along the front side and the left side of the main body frame base 600 and pays out a game ball to the player side. The unit 800, the board unit 900 attached to the lower part of the rear surface of the main body frame base 600, and the rear side of the game board 5 attached to the main body frame base 600 and attached to the rear side of the main body frame base 600 so as to be opened and closed. And a back cover 980.

  The payout unit 800 of the main body frame 4 has an inverted L-shaped payout unit base 801 attached to the rear side of the main body frame base 600, and is attached to the upper part of the payout unit base 801 and extends to the left and right open upward. A ball tank 802 that stores a game ball supplied from an island facility (not shown) in a box shape, and is attached to the payout unit base 801 below the ball tank 802. The game ball in the ball tank 802 is moved to the left in a front view. A tank rail 803 that extends to the left and right to guide, a ball guide unit 820 that is attached to the rear surface of the upper left portion of the payout unit base 801 and guides a game ball from the tank rail 803 downward in a meandering manner, and a ball guide unit 820 A game ball that is detachably attached from the payout unit base 801 and guided by the ball guiding unit 820. Based on instructions from a payout control board 951 (see FIG. 95) housed in the payout control board box 950, the payout device 830 pays out one by one, and is attached to the rear surface of the payout unit base 801 and is discharged by the payout device 830. The upper full-ball path unit 850 that guides the game balls downward and discharges the game balls from either the normal discharge port or the full-discharge port according to the storage state of the game balls in the upper plate 201 in the tray unit 200. And a normal guide path that is attached to the lower end of the payout unit base 801 and that guides the game ball released from the normal discharge port of the upper full-ball path unit 850 forward and guides it from the front end to the through-ball path 526 of the door frame 3. And a full tank guide path that guides the game balls released from the full tank outlet to the front and guides the game balls from the front end to the full tank receiver 530 of the door frame 3. A lower Kalimantan ball path unit 860, and a.

  The board unit 900 of the main body frame 4 includes a board unit base 910 that is attached to the rear side of the main body frame base 600, and a speaker for bass that is attached to the rear side of the main body frame base 600 on the left side when viewed from the front of the board unit base 910. A speaker unit 920 having 921, a power supply board box 930 that is attached to the right side of the front view on the rear side of the board unit base 910 and accommodates a power supply board therein, and is attached to the rear side of the speaker unit 920. The interface control board box 940 in which the interface control board is housed, and the payout control board 951 that is mounted across the power supply board box 930 and the interface control board box 940 and controls the payout of the game ball is housed inside. A payout control board box 950 .

  As shown in FIGS. 8 and 9, etc., the game board 5 of the pachinko machine 1 defines the outer periphery of the game area 5a into which the game ball is to be shot, and the game ball launched from the ball launcher 680 is placed above the game area 5a. A front component member 1000 having an outer rail 1001 and an inner rail 1002 that are guided to the front, a flat game panel 1100 that is attached to the rear side of the front component member 1000 and defines the rear end of the game area 5a, and a game panel 1100 A box-shaped board holder 1200 attached to the lower part of the rear side and opened upward, and a main control board 1310 attached to the rear side of the board holder 1200 for controlling the game of the pachinko machine 1. A main control unit 1300 and a plurality of winning holes that are attached to the game area 5a on the front side of the game panel 1100 and can receive game balls that have been driven into the game area 5a. A table unit that (illustration is omitted), and a back unit 3000 is attached to the rear side of the game panel 1100 in the upper substrate box 1200, the.

  In the pachinko machine 1 according to the present embodiment, when the player rotates the handle lever 504 in a state where the game ball is stored in the upper plate 201, the ball launcher 680 plays the game with strength according to the rotation angle of the handle lever 504. A ball is driven into the game area 5 a of the game board 5. Then, when a game ball that has been thrown into the game area 5a is received in a prize opening (not shown), a predetermined number of game balls are paid out to the upper plate 201 by the payout device 830 in accordance with the received prize opening. . Since the player's interest can be enhanced by paying out the game balls, the game balls in the upper plate 201 can be driven into the game area 5a, and the game can be enjoyed by the player.

[2. Overall structure of outer frame]
The outer frame 2 of the pachinko machine 1 will be described with reference to FIGS. 10 to 15. FIG. 10 is a front view of the outer frame in the pachinko machine, and FIG. 11 is a right side view of the outer frame. 12 is a perspective view of the outer frame as viewed from the front, and FIG. 13 is a perspective view of the outer frame as viewed from the rear. FIG. 14 is an exploded perspective view of the outer frame as seen from the front. 15A is a perspective view of a portion of the outer frame side upper hinge member in the outer frame, viewed from the lower side with the left frame member omitted, and FIG. 15B is an exploded perspective view of FIG. FIG. The outer frame 2 is attached to an island facility (not shown) where the pachinko machine 1 such as a game hall is installed.

  As shown in the figure, the outer frame 2 is connected to both ends of the upper frame member 10 and the lower frame member 20 which are separated from each other in the vertical direction and extend to the left and right, and the upper frame member 10 and the lower frame member 20. The left frame member 30 and the right frame member 40 are provided. The upper frame member 10, the lower frame member 20, the left frame member 30, and the right frame member 40 are formed to have the same width in the front-rear direction. The upper and lower lengths of the left frame member 30 and the right frame member 40 are longer than the left and right lengths of the upper frame member 10 and the lower frame member 20. The outer frame 2 is assembled so that the left and right end surfaces of the upper frame member 10 and the lower frame member 20 and the side surfaces of the left frame member 30 and the right frame member 40 facing outward in the left-right direction are the same surface. It has been.

  The outer frame 2 includes an outer frame side upper hinge member 60 attached to the left end portion of the upper frame member 10 when viewed from the front, a lock member 66 attached to the lower surface of the outer frame side upper hinge member 60, An outer frame side lower hinge member 70 attached to the upper left end of the curtain plate member 50 and the left frame member 30 is provided. With the outer frame side upper hinge member 60 and the outer frame side lower hinge member 70 of the outer frame 2, the main body frame 4 and the door frame 3 can be attached so as to be opened and closed.

  The outer frame 2 connects the lower ends of the left frame member 30 and the right frame member 40 and is attached to the front side of the lower frame member 20 and is attached to the rear side of the curtain plate member 50. A curtain plate reinforcing member 80 whose both ends are attached to the left frame member 30 and the right frame member 40 respectively, a flat plate-like left sliding member 81 attached to the left side of the upper surface of the curtain plate member 50 from the left and right center, and a curtain A plate-like right sliding member 82 attached at a position near the right end on the upper surface of the plate member 50. The curtain plate reinforcing member 80 is formed of a solid member (for example, wood, plywood, etc.), and is attached to the lower frame member 20, the left frame member 30, and the right frame member 40.

  Further, the outer frame 2 includes an upper frame member 10 and a left frame member 30, an upper frame member 10 and a right frame member 40, a lower frame member 20 and a left frame member 30, and a lower frame member 20 and a right frame member 40, respectively. A connecting member 85 is provided. The outer frame 2 is attached to the inner side (left side) of the right frame member 40 and includes an upper hook member 90 and a lower hook member 91 to which an outer frame hook 703 of a locking unit 700 described later is locked. Have.

[2-1. Upper frame member]
The upper frame member 10 of the outer frame 2 is formed of a solid (solid) material (for example, wood, plywood, etc.) having a predetermined thickness. The upper frame member 10 includes an engagement notch portion 11 penetrating vertically in the center in the front-rear direction at both left and right ends and recessed toward the center in the left-right direction. In the engagement notch portion 11, an upper left fixing member 87 of the upper left connecting member 85A and an upper right connecting member 85B, which will be described later, of the connecting member 85 are attached. Moreover, the upper frame member 10 is provided with the mounting step part 12 which became depressed rather than the general surface in the upper surface and front surface of a left end part by front view. An outer frame side upper hinge member 60 is attached to the attachment step portion 12.

[2-2. Lower frame member]
The lower frame member 20 of the outer frame 2 is formed of a solid (solid) material (for example, wood, plywood, etc.) having a predetermined thickness. The lower frame member 20 is formed such that the left and right lengths and the upper and lower thicknesses are the same as the left and right lengths and the upper and lower thicknesses of the upper frame member 10, and the front and rear width is the upper frame member 10. It is formed longer than the width before and after. The lower frame member 20 includes an engagement notch portion 21 penetrating vertically and recessed toward the center in the left-right direction at a position closer to the rear side than the center in the front-rear direction at both left and right ends. In the engagement notch portion 21, a lower left connecting member 85C and a lower lateral fixing portion 88 of the connecting member 85, which will be described later, are attached.

  In addition, the lower frame member 20 includes front end notch portions 22 that are recessed rearward from the front surfaces at both left and right ends. In the lower frame member 20, the width in the front-rear direction from the rear end of the front end notch 22 to the rear surface of the lower frame member 20 is formed to the same size as the width in the front-rear direction of the upper frame member 10. When the lower frame member 20 is assembled to the outer frame 2, a portion between the left and right front end cutout portions 22 is inserted into the curtain plate member 50.

[2-3. Left frame member and right frame member]
The left frame member 30 and the right frame member 40 of the outer frame 2 extend vertically with a constant cross-sectional shape, and are formed of a metal extruded shape such as an aluminum alloy. The left frame member 20 and the right frame member 40 are formed in symmetrical shapes in plan view. When the left frame member 30 and the right frame member 40 are assembled as the outer frame 2, the left frame member 30 and the right frame member 40 are recessed inwardly from the rearward position to the vicinity of the rear end with respect to the center in the front-rear direction. The concave portions 31 and 41 and the protruding portions 32 and 42 that bulge from the side surface on the opposite side of the concave portions 31 and 41 and are formed in a hollow shape are provided. The left frame member 30 and the right frame member 40 are enhanced in strength and rigidity by the protrusions 32 and 42. In addition, in the protrusions 32 and 42, a lower horizontal fixing portion 88 on the rear side of the upper left connecting member 85A and the upper right connecting member 85B, which will be described later, of the connecting member 85 is inserted and attached.

  The left frame member 30 and the right frame member 40 have a plurality of grooves extending vertically on the surface. The plurality of grooves make it easy to hold the pachinko machine 1 as an operator's finger when the pachinko machine 1 is installed or transported in an island facility such as a game hall. The design of the appearance of the machine 1 can be improved.

[2-4. Curtain plate member]
The curtain plate member 50 of the outer frame 2 is formed in a box shape with the rear side opened. The curtain plate member 50 is formed in a U-shape with a rear extension 51 extending rearward in the vicinity of the left end in front view on the upper surface and a size allowing a game ball to pass from the left end of the rear extension 51. A left discharge hole 52 that is notched and penetrates up and down, and a right discharge hole 53 that penetrates up and down in a size that allows a game ball to pass on the right side of the left discharge hole 52 in the rear extension 51; A standing wall portion 54 that extends upward from the rear end of the upper surface of the curtain plate member 50 including the rear end of the rearward extending portion 51, and a front surface that bulges forward from the vicinity of the upper end of the standing wall portion 54. And a return portion 55 that is inclined so as to go backward as it goes to.

  The curtain plate member 50 is configured so that the outer frame side lower hinge member 70 is placed on the upper surface on the front side of the rear extension 51 and the upper surface of the rear extension 51. A horizontal portion 71 described later is attached. Further, the left discharge hole 52 of the curtain plate member 50 is formed at a position coincident with a discharge hole 74 described later of the outer frame side lower hinge member 60 in a state assembled to the outer frame 2. Further, the right discharge hole 53 is formed at a position on the right side of the outer frame side lower hinge member 60 in a state assembled to the outer frame. The right discharge hole 53 is formed larger than the left discharge hole 52 (see FIG. 18 and the like).

  Further, the curtain plate member 50 is inclined such that the upper surface on the right side of the rear extension 51 is lower on the front end side. The curtain plate member 50 has a left mounting portion 56 for mounting the left sliding member 81 on the right side of the rear extending portion 51 on the upper surface and a right mounting for mounting the right sliding member 82 near the right end on the upper surface. Part 57. The lower surface of the main body frame 3 is placed on the upper surface of the curtain plate member 50 via the left sliding member 81 and the right sliding member 82.

  As shown in the figure, the curtain plate member 50 has a shallow relief decoration on the front surface. Further, although not shown, the curtain plate member 50 has a box-shaped interior partitioned into a lattice by a plurality of ribs, thereby enhancing strength and rigidity. The curtain plate member 50 is formed so that the front half of the curtain plate reinforcing member 80 can be accommodated therein.

[2-5. Outer frame side upper hinge member]
As shown in the drawing, the outer frame side upper hinge member 60 of the outer frame 2 is a flat plate extending horizontally and having a rectangular outer shape, and a flat plate extending forward from the front end of the upper fixing portion 61. The front extension 62, the bearing groove 63 extending to the left and right center of the front extension 62 as it goes forward from the right end of the front extension 62, and the top fixing part 61 in plan view. A flat horizontal fixing portion 64 extending downward from the left side, and a horizontal fixing portion extending downward from an end side of the front extending portion 62 from the left end to the portion where the bearing groove 63 is opened around the front end. A flat hanging portion 65 that is continuous with the portion 64 (see FIG. 15B and the like).

  In the outer frame side upper hinge member 60, the upper fixing portion 61 is placed on the upper surface of the mounting step portion 12 of the upper frame member 10 in a state where the outer frame 2 is assembled, and is fixed by a screw (not shown). Yes. Further, the front extension 62 extends forward from the front end of the upper frame member 10. Further, the lateral fixing portion 64 is fixed to the left frame member 30 with screws while being inserted into the recess 31 on the outer side surface of the left frame member 30 from above.

  The outer frame side upper hinge member 60 inserts the main body frame upper hinge pin 622 of the main body frame side upper hinge member 620 into the bearing groove 63, thereby cooperating with the outer frame side lower hinge member 70. It can be supported so that it can be opened and closed. The outer frame side upper hinge member 60 is formed by bending a metal plate by press molding.

[2-6. Lock member]
As shown in FIG. 15, the lock member 66 of the outer frame 2 includes a band plate-like lock main body 66 a that extends in the front-rear direction with a predetermined width on the left and right sides, and an operation portion that protrudes rightward from the rear end of the lock main body 66 a. 66b, an elastically deformable rod-like elastic portion 66c extending leftward from the rear end of the lock main body 66a and extending obliquely left frontward, and a mounting hole penetrating vertically near the rear end of the lock main body 66a 66d. The lock member 66 is made of synthetic resin. The lock member 66 is rotatably attached to the lower surface of the front extension portion 62 of the outer frame side upper hinge member 60 by an attachment screw 67.

  The lock member 66 is attached at a position where the rear end of the lock main body 66a is behind the bearing groove 63 in the front extending portion 62 of the outer frame side upper hinge member 60 through the attachment hole 66d. When the lock member 66 is attached to the outer frame side upper hinge member 60, the lock main body 66a can block the bearing groove 63 in a plan view, and the right side surface near the front end has the outer frame side upper hinge member. 60 extends forward so as to be able to contact a portion extending to the opening of the bearing groove 63 in the hanging portion 65 (see FIG. 17).

  The tip of the elastic portion 66c extending leftward from the rear end of the lock body 66a is in contact with the inner peripheral surface of the hanging portion 65 of the outer frame side upper hinge member 60. The lock member 66 is urged by the urging force of the elastic portion 66c in a direction in which the front end rotates leftward about the attachment hole 66d. Therefore, in a normal state, the right side surface of the lock member 66 near the front end of the lock body 66a is in contact with the hanging portion 65 (see FIG. 17). In this state, a space that can accommodate a body frame upper hinge pin 622 (to be described later) of the main body frame side upper hinge member 620 is formed in a portion of the bearing groove 63 on the front side of the lock main body 66a.

  The lock member 66 can rotate the lock body 66a against the urging force of the elastic portion 66c by operating the operation portion 66b. Then, by operating the operation portion 66b, the lock main body 66a is rotated in a direction in which the front end thereof moves to the left, whereby the lock main body 66a can be retracted from the bearing groove 63 in a plan view. Can pass through. As a result, the main body frame hinge pin 622 can be inserted into the bearing groove 63, or the main body frame hinge pin 622 can be removed from the bearing groove 63.

[2-7. Outer frame side lower hinge member]
As shown in the figure, the outer frame side lower hinge member 70 of the outer frame 2 stands upward from a horizontally extending flat plate portion 71 and a rear side of the left side of the horizontal portion 71 from the center in the front-rear direction. A rising plate-like rising portion 72, an outer frame lower hinge pin 73 protruding upward from the vicinity of the front end of the horizontal portion 71, and a size through which only one game ball can pass through the horizontal portion 71 vertically. And a discharge hole 74. The outer frame side lower hinge member 70 is formed by bending a metal plate by press molding.

  The horizontal portion 71 of the outer frame side lower hinge member 70 is formed in a trapezoidal shape with the left side as the bottom in plan view. The outer frame lower hinge pin 73 has a cylindrical shape, and is formed in a truncated cone shape whose upper end is narrower than the center in the vertical direction. The outer frame lower hinge pin 73 is attached to the left side position in the vicinity of the front end of the horizontal portion 71. The discharge hole 74 is formed in the horizontal portion 71 so as to be in contact with a central portion in the front-rear direction of the rising portion 72 and extend in an inverted U shape from the left side of the horizontal portion 71 to the right. The discharge hole 74 is formed in substantially the same size as the left discharge hole 52 of the curtain plate member 50.

  In the state where the outer frame 2 is assembled, the outer frame side lower hinge member 70 has the horizontal portion 71 placed on the upper surface near the left end of the curtain plate member 50 and the rear extension portion 51. Is fixed to the curtain plate reinforcing member 80 by screws (not shown) penetrating the upper surface of the curtain plate member 50. Further, in a state where the outer frame 2 is assembled, the rising portion 72 is attached to a portion of the inner side surface of the left frame member 30 on the front side of the protruding portion 32 with a screw (not shown). The outer frame side lower hinge member 70 is formed by inserting the outer frame lower hinge pin 73 into a main body frame lower hinge hole (not shown) in the main body frame side lower hinge member 640 of the main body frame 4. The main body frame 4 can be attached so as to be openable and closable in cooperation with the hinge member 60.

  Further, in a state where the outer frame 2 is assembled, the discharge hole 74 coincides with the left discharge hole 52 of the curtain plate member 50. Thereby, the game ball on the horizontal portion 71 can be dropped (discharged) to the rear side of the curtain plate member 50 through the discharge hole 74 and the left discharge hole 52. More specifically, when the main body frame 4 is closed with respect to the outer frame 2, the game balls that have dropped between the outer frame 2 and the main body frame 4 are closed as the main body frame 4 is closed. Is gradually narrowed, so that the gap is rolled to the rear side with a wide interval, and the discharge hole 74 can be discharged. At this time, the discharge hole 74 is formed at a position that is substantially the same as the rear end of the main body frame 4 when the main body frame 4 is closed with respect to the outer frame 2 in a state assembled to the pachinko machine 1. The game ball dropped between the outer frame 2 and the main body frame 4 can be easily prevented from rolling to the rear side of the main body frame 4 by being discharged from the discharge hole 74, and the outer frame side It is possible to make it difficult for the game ball to stay on the lower hinge member 70.

[2-8. Connecting member]
The connecting member 85 of the outer frame 2 includes an upper left connecting member 85A that connects the upper frame member 10 and the left frame member 30, an upper right connecting member 85B that connects the upper frame member 10 and the right frame member 40, and a lower frame member. There are a lower left connecting member 85C that connects 20 and the left frame member 30, and a lower right connecting member 85D that connects the lower frame member 20 and the right frame member 40.

  The connecting member 85 includes a horizontally extending flat plate-like horizontal fixing portion 86, a flat plate-like upper horizontal fixing portion 87 extending upward from one of the left and right sides of the horizontal fixing portion 86, and a horizontal fixing portion. A flat plate-like lower horizontal fixing portion 88 extending downward from the same side as the portion where the upper horizontal fixing portion 87 extends. The connecting member 85 is formed by bending a flat metal plate.

  In the upper left connecting member 85 </ b> A and the upper right connecting member 85 </ b> B, the upper horizontal fixing portion 87 extends upward from the center of the horizontal fixing portion 86 in the front-rear direction, and the lower horizontal fixing portions 88 are formed from both front and rear sides of the upper horizontal fixing portion 87. It extends downward. That is, the upper left connecting member 85A and the upper right connecting member 85B are provided with two lower lateral fixing portions 88 that are separated from each other in the front-rear direction. The horizontal fixing portions 86 of the upper left connecting member 85 </ b> A and the upper right connecting member 85 </ b> B are fixed to the upper frame member 10 in contact with the lower surface of the upper frame member 10. Further, the upper horizontal fixing portion 87 of the upper left connecting member 85A and the upper right connecting member 85B is inserted into the engagement cutout portion 11 of the upper frame member 10 and fixed to the left and right ends of the upper frame member 10. Further, the lower horizontal fixing portion 88 on the front side of the upper left connecting member 85A and the upper right connecting member 85B is fixed to the inner side surface on the front side of the left frame member 30 or the right frame member 40 protruding portions 32 and 42. Further, the lower horizontal fixing portion 88 on the rear side of the upper left connecting member 85A and the upper right connecting member 85B is inserted into the left frame member 30 or the right frame member 40 projecting portions 32 and 42 by screws screwed from the outer side surface. It is fixed to the left frame member 30 or the right frame member 40.

  In the lower left connecting member 85 </ b> C and the lower right connecting member 85 </ b> D, the rear end of the upper horizontal fixing portion 87 protrudes rearward from the rear end of the horizontal fixing portion 86 and is more than the horizontal fixing portion 86 of the upper horizontal fixing portion 87. A lower lateral fixing portion 88 extends below the horizontal fixing portion 86 from the lower end of the portion protruding rearward. The lower left connecting member 85C and the lower right connecting member 85D further include a bent portion 89 that protrudes from the rear end of the upper horizontal fixing portion 87 to the same side as the horizontal fixing portion 86. The horizontal fixing portions 86 of the lower left connecting member 85C and the lower right connecting member 85D are fixed in contact with the upper surface of the lower frame member 20. Further, the upper horizontal fixing portion 87 of the lower left connecting member 85C and the lower right connecting member 85D is fixed to the inner side surface on the front side of the protruding portions 32 and 42 of the left frame member 30 or the right frame member 40. Further, the lower horizontal fixing portion 88 of the lower left connecting member 85C and the lower right connecting member 85D is inserted into the engagement notch portion 21 of the lower frame member 20 and fixed to the end surface in the left-right direction of the lower frame member 20. .

[2-9. Lock mechanism for upper hinge member on outer frame side]
Next, in the outer frame 2 of the pachinko machine 1 of the present embodiment, FIGS. 16 and 17 show a locking mechanism for the main body frame side upper hinge member 620 of the main body frame 4 by the lock member 66 in the outer frame side upper hinge member 60. FIG. The description will be given with reference. 16A is an enlarged perspective view showing a state in which the main body frame side upper hinge member of the main body frame is removed with respect to the outer frame side upper hinge member of the outer frame, and FIG. It is a perspective view which expands and shows the state by which the main body side upper hinge member is attached to the upper hinge member. FIG. 17 is an explanatory view showing the action of the locking member in the outer frame.

  When the lock member 66 in the outer frame 2 is attached to the front extension portion 62 of the outer frame side upper hinge member 60 (normal state), the tip of the elastic portion 66 c is in contact with the inner peripheral surface of the hanging portion 65. In addition, the lock body 66a is configured to close a part of the bearing groove 63 bent in a square shape, and the distal end portion of the lock body 66a does not close the deepest part of the bearing groove 63. In the deepest portion of the bearing groove 63, a space is formed in which the body frame upper hinge pin 622 of the body frame side upper hinge member 620 of the body frame 4 can be inserted.

  The support mechanism of the body frame upper hinge pin 622 using the outer frame side upper hinge member 60 and the lock member 66 in this embodiment is such that the body frame upper hinge pin 622 is inserted into the deepest portion of the bearing groove 63 and the front end of the lock body 66a. The right side surface of the lock body 66 is in close contact with the right hanging portion 65 (in this state, there is a slight gap between the right side surface at the front end of the lock body 66a and the right hanging portion 65 so that it is in contact with the right hanging surface 65). In the normal shaft support state, the center of the hinge pin 622 on the body frame located at the deepest portion of the bent bearing groove 63 and the front end surface of the lock body 63 are opposed to each other in an oblique direction. It is in a state.

  In this normal shaft support state, the main body frame hinge pin 622 supporting the heavy main body frame 4 is in contact with the front end portion of the bearing groove 63. Almost no load is applied from 622 to the front end surface of the lock member 66a. That is, no load is applied to the elastic portion 66c of the lock member 66. Since the front end surface of the lock body 66a is formed in an arc shape, the lock member 66 smoothly rotates when the operation portion 66b is rotated to rotate the lock member 66. Yes. In the drawing, the center of the arc of the front end surface of the lock body 66a is the center of the mounting hole 66d (the rotation center of the lock member 66).

  Therefore, when the acting force F is applied in a direction in which the hinge pin 622 on the body frame is removed along the inclination of the bearing groove 63 formed in a square shape, the acting force is applied to the arcuate front end surface of the lock body 66a. F is a component force F1 (normal direction of the arc of the front end surface of the lock main body 66a) acting on a contact portion between the hinge pin 622 on the main body frame and the arc-shaped front end surface, and the hinge pin 622 on the main body frame and the bearing groove 63. The component force F1 is directed to the center of the mounting hole 66d (mounting screw 67) (the rotation center of the lock member 66) when divided into the component force F2 acting on the contact portion with the inner surface of the one side. The moment of rotating the front end of the lock main body 66 a of the lock member 66 in the direction away from the right hanging portion 65 does not act, and the hinge pin 622 on the main body frame is connected to the front end of the lock main body 66 a of the lock member 66 and the bearing groove 63. Inside Clamped state is maintained between the.

  For this reason, even in a normal shaft support state or a state where the acting force of the hinge pin 622 on the main body frame is applied to the lock member 66, the elastic portion 66c of the lock member 66 is not constantly loaded, and is integrally formed of synthetic resin. It is possible to prevent plastic deformation caused by creep of the elastic portion 66c, and to prevent the hinge pin 622 on the main body frame from coming off from the bearing groove 63 over a long period of time. Even if an excessive force is applied and the front end portion of the lock main body 66a of the lock member 66 is rotated in the direction of moving to the right, the right side surface of the front end of the lock main body 66a contacts the drooping portion 65 and beyond. Since it does not rotate, the lock member 66 is prevented from protruding outside the front extension 62.

  Even if the shape of the front end surface of the lock body 66a is not an arc, the position where the rotational moment is not generated by the action of the component force F1 or the front end portion of the lock member 66 faces the outside of the front protrusion 62. By positioning the rotation center of the lock member 66 (the shaft fixed by the mounting screw 67) at a position where the rotational moment to rotate is generated, no load is applied to the elastic portion 66c of the lock member 66 at all times. Even if the member 66 rotates, the right side surface of the front end of the lock main body 66 a only contacts the hanging portion 65, so that the lock member 66 does not protrude outside the front extension portion 62.

  When the main body frame hinge pin 622 of the main body frame side upper hinge member 620 is supported by the bearing groove 63 of the outer frame side upper hinge member 60, the main body frame is inserted into the bearing groove 63 from the open side of the bearing groove 63. The hinge pin 622 is inserted. When the hinge pin 622 on the body frame is inserted into the bearing groove 63, the hinge pin 622 on the body frame comes into contact with the right side surface of the lock body 66a of the lock member 66, and the front end of the lock body 66a is against the urging force of the elastic portion 66c. The lock member 66 rotates about the mounting screw 67 so as to move to the left. As a result, the lock main body 66 a that has closed the bearing groove 63 is retracted, the bearing groove 63 is opened, and the main body frame hinge pin 622 can be moved to the deepest portion (front end) of the bearing groove 63.

  When the body frame hinge pin 622 is moved to the deepest part of the bearing groove 63, the contact between the body frame hinge pin 622 and the lock body 66a of the lock member 66 is released, and the lock body 66a is urged by the urging force of the elastic portion 66c. The lock member 66 rotates so that the front end of the lock member moves to the right, and the lock member 66 returns to the normal state. As a result, the hinge pin 622 on the body frame is accommodated in a space in front of the front end of the lock body 66 a in the bearing groove 63, and the hinge pin 622 on the body frame is rotatable at the deepest portion of the bearing groove 63. The state is held (locked) in the state.

  When the hinge pin 622 on the main body frame is removed from the bearing groove 63, the lock member 66 is rotated so that the front end of the lock main body 66a moves to the left by operating the operation portion 66b of the lock member 66. The lock body 66a is retracted from the bearing groove 63 against the urging force of 66c. As a result, the deepest part of the bearing groove 63 and the opening communicate with each other, and the hinge pin 622 on the main body frame can be removed from the bearing groove 63.

[2-10. Crime prevention mechanism and ball biting prevention mechanism at the outer frame side lower hinge member]
In the pachinko machine 1 of the present embodiment, the ball engagement prevention for preventing the game ball from being sandwiched between the crime prevention mechanism and the outer frame 2 and the main body frame 4 at the outer frame side lower hinge member 70 of the outer frame 2. The mechanism will be described with reference to FIG. 18A is a cross-sectional view taken along the line AA in FIG. 1, and FIG. 18B is a cross-sectional view illustrating a state where the main body frame is opened together with the door frame with respect to the outer frame in FIG.

  When the outer frame 2 is assembled, an outer frame side lower hinge member 70 is attached to the left end portion in front view on the upper surface of the curtain plate member 50. The horizontal portion 71 of the outer frame side lower hinge member 70 is mounted in a state of being placed near the left end of the upper surface of the curtain plate member 50 and the upper surface of the rear extending portion 51. The curtain plate member 50 includes a standing wall portion 54 that rises upward from the rear end of the upper surface. As a result, even if an unauthorized tool such as a piano wire enters the rear side of the main body frame 4 (pachinko machine 1) through the gap between the outer frame side lower hinge member 70 and the main body frame side lower hinge member 640. Since the tip of the unauthorized tool comes into contact with the standing wall 54 extending upward from the rear end of the upper surface of the curtain plate member 50, it is possible to prevent the unauthorized tool from being inserted further to the rear side. It is possible to prevent an illegal act from being performed via the outer frame side lower hinge member 70.

  Moreover, since the return part 55 extended ahead is provided in the upper end of the standing wall part 54, when the unauthorized tool contact | abutted to the standing wall part 54 bends upwards, the front-end | tip of an unauthorized tool by the return part 55 Can be folded further forward, so that unauthorized tools can be prevented from entering the rear side of the main body frame 4, and an illegal act is performed through the portion of the outer frame side lower hinge member 70. Can be surely prevented.

  By the way, when the upright wall portion 54 extending upward is provided at the rear end of the upper surface of the curtain plate member 50, the main body frame 4 is opened with respect to the outer frame 2 as shown in FIG. When the game ball falls on the outer frame side lower hinge member 70 (horizontal portion 71), the game ball on the horizontal portion 71 is discharged rearward from the rear end of the horizontal portion 71 due to the presence of the standing wall portion 54. Therefore, there is a risk of being sandwiched between the outer frame 2 and the main body frame 4. On the other hand, in this embodiment, the discharge hole 74 and the right discharge hole 52 through which the game ball can pass through the horizontal part 71 of the outer frame side lower hinge member 70 and the rearward extension part 51 of the curtain plate member 50. Since the left discharge hole 53 is provided, the game ball on the horizontal portion 71 of the outer frame side lower hinge member 70 can be discharged downward from the discharge hole 74 and the like. It is possible to reduce the game ball being caught between the two.

  Therefore, when the game ball is sandwiched between the outer frame 2 and the main body frame 4, the periphery of the outer frame side lower hinge member 70 is damaged, or the main body frame 4 is not closed in a normal state. It is possible to prevent a gap from being formed between the main body frame 4 and illegal acts using the gap.

[3. Overall structure of door frame]
The door frame 3 of the pachinko machine 1 will be described with reference to FIGS. FIG. 19 is a front view of a door frame in the pachinko machine, and FIG. 20 is a rear view of the door frame. 21 is a perspective view of the door frame as viewed from the right front, FIG. 22 is a perspective view of the door frame as viewed from the left front, and FIG. 23 is a perspective view of the door frame as viewed from the rear. FIG. 24 is an exploded perspective view of the main part of the door frame as seen from the front, and FIG. 25 is an exploded perspective view of the main part of the door frame as seen from the rear.

  The door frame 3 has a rectangular frame-shaped door frame base unit 100 as viewed from the front, a dish unit 200 attached to the lower front portion of the door frame base unit 100, and a top attached to the upper front portion of the door frame base unit 100. A unit 350, a left side unit 400 attached to the left front portion of the door frame base unit 100, a right side unit 450 attached to the right front portion of the door frame base unit 100, and a lower right front portion of the door frame base unit 100. And a handle unit 500 attached through the dish unit 200.

  Further, the door frame 3 is attached to a rear cover lower part of the door frame base unit 100, a ball cover unit 540 attached to the lower rear part of the door frame base unit 100, and a rear face of the door frame base unit 100. A glass unit 560 that closes the through-hole 111 and a security cover 580 that covers a lower rear portion of the glass unit 560.

  The door frame base unit 100 of the door frame 3, as shown in FIGS. 24 and 25, etc., has a plate-shaped door frame base 110 having a through-hole 111 penetrating in the front and rear in a vertically long rectangle. A cylindrical handle mounting member 120 for mounting the handle unit 500, which is mounted on the front surface of the door frame base 110 in the front right view, and a frame-shaped reinforcing unit 130 mounted on the rear side of the door frame base 110. The door frame side is attached to both the upper and lower ends of the left end side of the reinforcing unit 130 as viewed from the front, and protrudes forward to be rotatably attached to the body frame side upper hinge member 620 and the body frame side lower hinge member 640 of the body frame 4. The upper hinge member 140, the door frame side lower hinge member 150, and the glass frame 560 that is rotatably attached to the rear side of the door frame base 110 for detachably attaching the glass unit 560. The unit mounting member 160, and a.

  As will be described in detail later, the dish unit 200 of the door frame 3 is arranged in an up-and-down direction and bulges forward, and can store a game ball, and an upper dish 201 and a lower dish 202. And a plate-shaped dish unit base 210 that is attached to the front surface of the door frame base unit 100, and an upper dish liquid crystal display device 244 that is attached to the dish unit base 210 on the front side of the upper dish 201 and can display an image. An operation unit 220 having a touch panel 246 that can be operated by the player and an upper plate effect button 257, a plate unit cover 260 that covers the upper plate 201 and the lower plate 202 from the front side, and a right side of the upper plate 201 when viewed from the front. The door lower right effect unit 270 having the door lower right rotating body 270A that is arranged and rotates according to the gaming state, and the door lower right effect unit 270 are covered from the front side. A transparent production unit cover 300, an upper tray ball removal unit 310 for removing the game balls stored in the upper plate 201 to the lower plate 202, and a lower portion of the game balls stored in the lower plate 202 A lower dish ball removing unit 320, a ball lending operation unit 330 for operating a ball lending machine (not shown, also referred to as a CR unit) disposed adjacent to the pachinko machine 1 in the island facilities of the game hall, An upper dish top decoration member 340 that is attached to the upper part of the dish unit base 210 and can be decorated with light emission is mainly provided.

  As shown in FIGS. 24 and 25, the top unit 350 of the door frame 3 includes a unit base 360 that is partially translucent and is attached to the front surface of the door frame base unit 100 along the upper side. 360, a translucent top decorative member 370 that is attached to the center of the left and right sides of the front surface of 360 and bulges forward. And a door frame decorative board 380 attached to the rear side of the unit base 360 and having a plurality of LEDs attached to the front surface.

  The left side unit 400 of the door frame 3 includes a flat unit base 410 attached along the left outer peripheral edge of the through-hole 111 on the front surface of the door frame base unit 100, as shown in FIGS. A translucent left side decorative member 420 attached to the front surface of the base 410 and having an upper end extending to the left end of the top decorative member 370 of the top unit 350, and a front view door frame on the front side of the left side decorative member 420 3 and a left speaker unit 430 having a left speaker (not shown) and a door frame attached to the rear side of the unit base 410 and having a plurality of LEDs attached to the front surface. And a left decorative substrate 440.

  The right side unit 450 of the door frame 3 includes a flat unit base 460 attached along the right outer peripheral edge of the through-hole 111 on the front surface of the door frame base unit 100, as shown in FIGS. A translucent right side decorative member 470 attached to the front side of the base 460 and having an upper end extending to the right end of the top decorative member 370 of the top unit 350, and a front view door frame on the front side of the right side decorative member 470 3 is mounted between the right speaker unit 480 having a right speaker (not shown) and a unit base 460 and a right side decoration member 470, and a plurality of LEDs on the front surface. And a door frame right decorative board (not shown).

  As shown in FIGS. 24 and 25, the handle unit 500 of the door frame 3 is attached to the handle mounting member 120 of the door frame base unit 100, and is rotatably attached to the handle body 502. A handle lever 504 that can be rotated by a player, and a handle cover 506 that is attached to the handle body 502 from the front side of the handle lever 504 and supports the handle lever 504 in cooperation with the handle body 502. And. Although not shown, the handle unit 500 is attached to the handle body 502 and is attached to the handle body 502 and a handle operation sensor 507 (see FIG. 95) that detects the rotation angle of the handle lever 504. A stop button that can be operated by a cage player, and a contact detection sensor 509 (see FIG. 95) that is attached in the handle body 502 and detects contact between the player and the handle lever 504 are provided.

  As shown in FIGS. 24, 25, 54 to 56, etc., the foul cover unit 520 of the door frame 3 is a shallow box-shaped unit main body attached to the rear side of the door frame base unit 100 and having the front side opened. 522 and a flat lid member 524 attached to the front surface of the unit main body 522. The foul cover unit 520 penetrates back and forth in the upper left corner when viewed from the front, and passes through the normal ball guide path of the lower full ball path unit 860 of the main body frame 4 and the upper dish ball supply port 210a of the dish unit 200. 526, a full sphere receiving port 528 that opens rearward on the right side of the front sphere passage 526 when viewed from the front, and that can communicate with the full tank guide path of the lower full sphere path unit 860 of the main body frame 4; A foul that opens upward on the right side of the front of the ball receiving port 528 and receives a game ball (foul ball) that has been launched by the ball launching device 680 of the main body frame 4 but did not reach the game area 5a. The ball receiving port 530 opens to the front in the lower right corner when viewed from the front, and releases the game balls received in the full ball receiving port 528 and the foul ball receiving port 530 and the dish unit 200. Includes a ball outlet 532 which communicates with the lower tray ball supply port 210c, the.

  As shown in FIGS. 24 and 25, the ball feed unit 540 of the door frame 3 is attached to the rear side of the unit main body 542 and the box-shaped unit main body 542 that extends to the left and right and is open on the rear side. A unit cover 544 detachably attached to the rear side of the door frame base unit 100 on the right side of the front view of the foul cover unit 520 in a box shape with the front side opened, and an upper plate of the dish unit 200 opened forward. 201, a ball entrance 546 into which a game ball stored in 201 enters, a ball release port 548 that is capable of releasing the game ball that has entered the ball entrance 546, and opens backward, and a ball entrance And a ball discharge port 550 that is capable of discharging the game ball that has entered 546 and that opens forward under the ball entrance 546. Although not shown, the ball feed unit 540 includes a ball feed solenoid 551 (see FIG. 95) for releasing game balls that have entered from the ball entrance 546 one by one from the ball discharge port 548, and a ball entry. A switching mechanism that switches the game ball that has entered from the mouth 546 to either the ball discharge port 548 side or the ball discharge port 550 side.

  The glass unit 560 of the door frame 3 is attached to a frame-shaped unit frame 562 larger than the through-hole 111 of the door frame base unit 100 and both front and rear sides of the unit frame 562, as shown in FIGS. And a pair of glass plates 564 that close the inside of the cage unit frame 562.

[3-1. Overall configuration of pan unit]
The dish unit 200 of the door frame 3 will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 26 is a perspective view of the tray unit of the door frame as viewed from the front, and FIG. 27 is a perspective view of the tray unit as viewed from the back. FIG. 28 is an exploded perspective view of the plate unit as seen from the front after being disassembled for each main member, and FIG. 29 is an exploded perspective view of the plate unit as seen from the back after being broken down for every main member. FIG. 30A is a perspective view of the production operation unit of the dish unit viewed from the front, and FIG. 30B is a perspective view of the production operation unit viewed from the rear. FIG. 31 is an exploded perspective view of the production operation unit for each main member and viewed from above. FIG. 32 is an exploded perspective view of the production operation unit for each main member and viewed from below. FIG. 33 is an exploded perspective view of the rendering operation unit as seen from above with the mounting base unit disassembled, and FIG. 34 is an exploded perspective view of the mounting base unit as seen from below.

  FIG. 35 is an exploded perspective view of the rendering operation unit as seen from above with the touch unit disassembled, and FIG. 36 is an exploded perspective view of the touch unit as seen from below. FIG. 37 is an exploded perspective view of the button unit of the effect operation unit as seen from above, and FIG. 38 is an exploded perspective view of the button unit as seen from below. 39 is a plan view of the dish unit, FIG. 40 is a cross-sectional view showing an enlarged portion of the effect operation unit in the BB section in FIG. 39, and FIG. 41 is an effect operation in the CC section in FIG. It is sectional drawing which expands and shows the site | part of a unit.

  Further, FIG. 42 (a) is a front view of the lower right door production unit of the dish unit, (b) is a right side view of the lower right door production unit, and FIG. 43 (a) shows the lower right door production unit. It is the perspective view seen from the front, (b) is the perspective view which looked at the door lower right direction production unit from back. FIG. 44 is a DD cross-sectional view of the door lower right rendering unit of FIG. FIG. 45 is an exploded perspective view of the door lower right effect unit as seen from the front, and FIG. 46 is an exploded perspective view of the door lower right effect unit as seen from the rear. 47 is an exploded perspective view of the rotary body internal unit of the door lower right effect unit as seen from the front and FIG. 48 is an exploded perspective view of the rotary body internal unit as seen from the rear. FIG. 49A is a front view of the door lower right effect unit with the door lower right rotating body facing forward, and FIG. 49B is a front view of the door lower right rotating body facing rear.

  FIG. 50 (a) is a perspective view of the dish unit with the upper dish ball removal unit attached to the dish unit base, and FIG. 50 (b) is a perspective view of the upper dish ball removal unit attached to the dish unit base. It is the perspective view seen from back in the state. 51 is an exploded perspective view of the upper dish ball removing unit as seen from the front, and FIG. 52 is an exploded perspective view of the upper dish ball removal unit as seen from the rear. FIG. 53 (a) is a perspective view of the lower dish ball removal unit as seen from the front, and FIG. 53 (b) is an exploded perspective view of the lower dish ball removal unit as seen from the front.

  The dish unit 200 bulges forward from the door frame base unit 100. The tray unit 200 is an upper tray 201 that stores game balls to be paid out from the payout device 830 and to be driven into the game area 5a, and a game that is disposed below the upper tray 201 and is supplied from the upper tray 201. And a lower tray 202 capable of storing a sphere. In addition, the dish unit 200 is attached to the plate-shaped dish unit base 210 attached to the door frame base unit 100 and the front upper part of the dish unit base 210, and the left side of the left and right center bulges greatly forward, and the upper dish 201 And a lower plate body 214 which is attached to the center of the left and right at the lower front surface of the plate unit base 210 and bulges forward to form the lower plate 202. .

  The dish unit 200 covers the production operation unit 220 attached to the front side of the upper plate body 212 and the front surface of the dish unit base 210, and the front and lower sides of the upper plate body 212, the lower plate body 214, and the production operation unit. A dish unit cover 260 attached to the front surface of the dish unit base 210, a door lower right effect unit 270 disposed on the right side of the dish operation unit 220 and attached to the right front portion of the dish unit base 210, and a door lower right effect unit. An effect unit cover 300 that covers the front side of the plate unit base 210 and covers the front side of the plate 270, and a game ball that is mounted so as to sandwich the plate unit base 210 from the front and back and is stored in the upper plate 201 of the upper plate body 212 On the lower plate 202 and the lower plate main body 214 on the lower side Mounted includes a lower tray ball vent unit 320 for discharging the game ball that is stored in the lower tray 202 downward, the.

  Further, the dish unit 200 is attached to the upper surface of the production operation unit 220, and a ball lending operation unit 330 for operating a ball lending machine arranged adjacent to the pachinko machine 1 in the island facility of the game hall, An upper plate top decorative member 340 that is attached to the upper part of the unit base 210 and can be decorated with light emission, and is attached to the left side of the front surface of the plate unit base 210 on the rear side of the plate unit cover 260 so that light can be emitted forward. Plate unit left decorative substrate 345 having a plurality of LEDs, and attached to the front right side of the plate unit base 210 on the rear side of the production unit cover 300 and on the lower side of the door lower right production unit 270. A dish unit right decorative board 346 having a plurality of LEDs capable of irradiating light, and attached to the rear side of the dish unit base 210 The upper plate decorative board 233, the upper plate decorative board 235, the upper plate liquid crystal board 241, the vibration device 242, the touch panel 246, the production button decoration board 251, the production button press sensor 258, the door lower right relay board 281, which will be described later. The dish unit left decorative board 345 and the dish unit relay board 347 for relaying the connection between the dish unit right decorative board 346 and the peripheral control board 1510 (not shown) of the game board 5 are provided.

[3-1a. Dish unit base]
The dish unit base 210 of the dish unit 200 extends long to the left and right over the entire width of the door frame base unit 100, as shown in FIGS. The dish unit base 210 penetrates back and forth in the vicinity of the upper left corner of the front view and extends back and forth in a cylindrical shape, and penetrates back and forth under the upper dish ball supply opening 210a. A speaker slit 210b having a plurality of elongated holes extending in the vertical direction, a lower tray ball supply port 210c penetrating forward and backward in the lower center of the left and right center when viewed from the front, and extending rearward in a cylindrical shape; There is provided an upper dish ball feed opening 210d that penetrates back and forth on the upper right side of the ball supply opening 210c in the front view and extends vertically and has an upper portion positioned at the right end of the upper dish body 212.

  In addition, the dish unit base 210 has a rectangular through-hole 210e that penetrates forward and backward on the left side when viewed from the front of the upper dish ball feed opening 210d, and a receptacle that protrudes forward from the bottom side of the through-hole 210e in a plate shape. The piece 210f, the relief opening 210g penetrating back and forth on the upper right side of the upper tray ball feed port 210d, and the handle mounting member 120 of the door frame base unit 100 penetrating back and forth in the lower right corner of the front view are inserted. A handle insertion port 210h, a cylinder insertion port 210i through which the key cylinder 710 of the locking unit 700 passes through in the vicinity of the right corner when viewed from the front, and a right side when viewed from the front of the cylindrical lower dish ball supply port 210c. , And a notch 210j that is notched forward from the rear end.

[3-1b. Upper plate body]
As shown in FIGS. 28 and 29, the upper plate body 212 of the dish unit 200 is formed in a container shape in which the left side is larger than the center of the left and right sides when viewed from the front, and bulges forward. ing. The upper plate body 212 is provided with a guide passage portion 212a that is opened only to the left and rearward on the right end side when viewed from the front and through which game balls can be circulated. The upper plate body 212 is inclined so that the bottom surface is generally lower at the right end. More specifically, in a state where the upper plate body 212 is attached to the plate unit base 210, the bottom surface of the upper plate body 212 is a game ball from a position below the upper plate ball supply port 210a from the upper end of the upper plate ball feed port 210d. It inclines so that it may become slightly lower toward the position below the outer diameter. Thereby, the game ball released forward from the upper plate ball supply port 210a can be received and stored in the upper plate body 212, and the received game ball is received from the right end side of the guide passage portion 212a. It can be supplied to the feed opening 210d.

  The upper plate body 212 includes a metal grounding metal 212b extending from the left and right centers to the vicinity of the right end on the rear end side of the bottom surface. Although not shown, the ground metal fitting 212b is electrically grounded (grounded), and the game ball can be contacted to remove static electricity charged in the game ball.

[3-1c. Lower plate body]
As shown in FIGS. 28 and 29, the lower dish body 214 of the dish unit 200 has a trapezoidal shape in plan view with a long rear end with respect to the front end, and is formed in a container shape with the upper and rear opened. The lower plate body 214 includes a ball hole 214a that penetrates the bottom surface in the vertical direction and can be closed by the lower plate ball hole unit 320, and the bottom surface is inclined so as to become lower toward the ball hole 214a. doing. The lower tray main body 214 can receive and store game balls released forward from the lower tray ball supply port 210c of the tray unit base 210, and can store the game balls below the tray unit 200 from the ball release holes 214a. Can be discharged.

[3-1d. Overall structure of production operation unit]
As shown in FIGS. 30 to 32, the production operation unit 220 of the dish unit 200 is attached to the attachment base unit 220A and the attachment base unit 220A attached to the dish unit base 210 and the upper dish body 212 at the center of the left and right sides when viewed from the front. Touch unit 220B, a button unit 220C attached to the attachment base unit 220A on the left side when viewed from the front of the touch unit 220B, and a plurality of cylindrical dampers 222 interposed between the touch unit 220B and the attachment base unit 220A. A unit cover 224 attached to the attachment base unit 220A so as to cover the outer periphery of the touch unit 220B and the button unit 220C from above, and a decorative member 226 attached to the right end in front view of the attachment base unit 220A.

  The damper 222 of the effect operation unit 220 is formed in a cylindrical shape, and a groove 222a is formed over the entire circumference in the center of the outer peripheral surface in the axial direction. The damper 222 in the present embodiment is made of synthetic rubber. The plurality of dampers 222 can reduce the impact (impact) acting on the mounting base unit 220A and the dish unit base 210 side by reducing the impact when the touch unit 220B is struck, and the touch unit 220B will be described later. It is possible to reduce the vibration transmitted by the vibrating device 242 to be transmitted to the mounting base unit 220A and the dish unit base 210 side.

[3-1d-1. Mounting base unit]
As shown in FIGS. 31 to 34, the mounting base unit 220 </ b> A of the production operation unit 220 includes a shallow box-shaped mounting base 230 that is mounted on the front surface of the dish unit base 210 and is open on the upper side of the mounting base 230. A shallow box-shaped unit case 231 which is attached and has a rear end attached to the front end of the upper plate body 212 and can accommodate the touch unit 200B from above, and a horizontally long upper plate attached to the front end of the unit case 231 A unit cover that covers the front side of the front lens member 232, the front plate front decorative member 233 that is disposed between the front plate lens member 232 and the unit case 231 and includes a plurality of LEDs on the front surface. And an upper dish decorative member 234 having translucency attached to the H.224.

  Further, the mounting base unit 220A is mounted on the rear end of the unit case 231 and has an upper dish rear decorative board 235 provided with a plurality of LEDs that can emit light upward, and an upper side of the upper dish rear decorative board 235. The upper plate rear decoration member 236 that is disposed on the unit cover 224 and has translucency, and is sandwiched between the unit cover 224 and the unit case 231 on the front side of the upper plate rear decoration member 236, and from the upper plate rear decoration board 235. A linear light-emitting lens member 237 capable of guiding the light and emitting an upper end linearly, a cylindrical button attachment member 238 attached to the unit cover 224 on the right side when viewed from the front of the upper dish decoration member 236, and a button attachment member And an upper dish ball removal button 239 that is slidably attached to the upper and lower sides by 238.

  The mounting base 230 has a flat plate-shaped mounting side receiving portion 230a that is inclined so as to become lower from the front and rear substantially center to the front side, and the mounting base receiving portion 230a that passes through the mounting side receiving portion 230a. One through-hole 230b and a cylindrical tubular receiving portion 230c extending downward from the periphery of the through-hole 230b are provided. The through hole 230b has a rectangular inner periphery. The cylindrical receiving part 230c is formed in the shape of a pyramid cylinder so that it may narrow as it goes below (refer FIG. 41). More specifically, the cylindrical receiving portion 230c has a front inner peripheral wall extending substantially perpendicular to the surface of the mounting side receiving portion 230a, and a rear inner peripheral wall extending downward from the surface of the mounting side receiving portion 230a. As it goes to the front, it extends at an angle so that it goes forward. Moreover, the cylindrical receiving part 230c is inclined and extended so that the inner peripheral walls on the left and right sides are slightly close to the lower ends (tips) with respect to the vertical of the surface of the attachment side receiving part 230a.

  The unit case 231 is opened upward and protrudes in a cylindrical shape one by one apart from the housing recess 231a that can accommodate the touch unit 220B and the front and rear ends of the bottom surface of the housing recess 231a in the front-rear direction. Horizontal support pins 231b, a pair of front support pins 231c projecting in a cylindrical shape upward and away from the vicinity of the front end of the bottom surface of the housing recess 231a, and from the left and right centers on the front and rear end sides of the bottom surface of the housing recess 231a A central support protrusion 231d that protrudes upward, and two receiving protrusions 231e that protrude in a pyramid shape so as to narrow toward the bottom from the bottom of the housing recess 231a and are spaced apart from each other left and right. .

  Further, the unit case 231 is circularly penetrated up and down on the left side of the accommodation recess 231a in the front view, and is disposed around the insertion hole 231f through which the lower part of the button unit 220C is inserted, and the insertion hole 231f on the upper surface. A button unit mounting portion 231g for mounting the button unit 220C, and a linear light emitting portion 237b of the linear light emitting lens member 237 extending from the upper and lower sides to the left and right of the outer peripheral wall on the rear side of the receiving recess 231a and recessed downward from the upper end are disposed. And a cutout portion 231h.

  The accommodation recess 231a of the unit case 231 has a shape in plan view that is a combination of a quadrangle extending left and right and a trapezoid projecting outward from the left and right sides of the quadrangle. In addition, the receiving recess 231a is formed such that the bottom surface of the quadrangular portion is lower downward than the bottom surfaces of the trapezoidal portions on the left and right sides. The step on the bottom surface of the housing recess 231a is formed slightly lower than the height (axial length) of the damper 222.

  The four lateral support pins 231 b protrude upward from the bottom surface of the trapezoidal portion of the housing recess 231 a and are formed so as to be insertable into the cylindrical damper 222. Further, the lateral support pin 231b is provided with a truncated cone-shaped tapered portion 231i whose diameter decreases toward the upper end side on the upper end side (see FIG. 40). The lateral support pin 231 b is formed such that the distance from the bottom surface of the housing recess 231 a to the middle of the taper portion 231 i is the same as the length of the damper 222, and the entire length is longer than the damper 222. The pair of front support pins 231 c can be inserted into the cylindrical damper 222 and is formed to be slightly longer than half the length of the damper 222.

  The upper end of the central support protrusion 231d protrudes to the same height as the bottom surface of the trapezoidal portion in the housing recess 231a. The receiving projection 231e is formed in a truncated cone shape having a square outer periphery. The two receiving protrusions 231e are formed at positions corresponding to the two through holes 230b of the mounting base 230. The receiving projection 231e has a front outer peripheral wall extending substantially perpendicular to the bottom surface of the housing recess 231a, and is inclined so that the rear outer wall moves forward with respect to the bottom of the housing recess 231a. And extended. In addition, the receiving projection 231e extends so that the outer peripheral walls on both the left and right sides are inclined so that the lower ends (tips) slightly approach each other with respect to the vertical of the surface of the housing recess 231a. The shape of the outer peripheral wall of the receiving projection 231 e corresponds to the shape of the inner peripheral wall of the cylindrical receiving portion 230 c of the mounting base 230. In the assembled state, the receiving protrusion 231e has a lower end inserted into the through-hole 230a of the mounting base 230, and a slight gap is formed between the receiving protrusion 231e and the inner peripheral wall of the cylindrical receiving portion 230c.

  The front plate decorative member 234 is exposed to the outside in a state where the plate unit 200 is assembled. The upper dish decoration board 235 includes a plurality of decoration LEDs 235a for decorating the upper dish decoration member 236 and a plurality of peripheral LEDs 235b for emitting and decorating the linear light emitting lens member 237. .

  The linear light-emitting lens member 237 is formed to be longer on the left and right sides than the upper dish decoration member 236, and the light receiving part 237a and the light receiving part 237a disposed above the plurality of peripheral LEDs 235b of the upper dish decoration substrate 235. And a flat line-shaped light emitting portion 237b that is continuous with the cutout portion 231h of the unit case 231. In the linear light-emitting lens member 237, the linear light-emitting portion 237b is fitted into the notch 231h of the unit case 231, so that the front surface of the linear light-emitting portion 237a forms a part of the inner peripheral wall of the housing recess 231a. Further, in the linear light emitting lens member 237, the upper end of the linear light emitting portion 237b is exposed to the outside in a state where the dish unit 200 is assembled. The linear light-emitting lens member 237 can receive the light from the peripheral LED 235b by the light receiving unit 237a, guide the light received by the light receiving unit 237a to the linear light emitting unit 237b, and the linear light emitting unit 237b. The entire upper end can be illuminated (linearly).

  The upper dish ball removal button 239 is attached by a button attachment member 238 so as to be slidable in the vertical direction, and includes an extending piece 239a extending downward from the button attachment member 238. By pressing the upper plate ball removal button 239 downward, the upper plate ball removal unit 310 is operated to discharge the game balls stored in the upper plate 201 from the upper plate 201 to the lower plate 202 (pull out). )be able to.

  The mounting base unit 220A can elastically support the touch unit 220B by the dampers 222 inserted into the four lateral support pins 231b and the two front support pins 231c, respectively. Further, the outer peripheral surface of the two receiving projections 231e projecting downward from the unit case 231 to which the touch unit 220B is attached and the mounting base 230 in which the lower end of the receiving projection 231e is inserted below the unit case 231. A slight gap is formed between the inner peripheral surface of the cylindrical receiving portion. As a result, when a force (impact) that causes the unit case 231 to move downward from the touch unit 220B side is applied, the force is not immediately transmitted to the attachment side receiving portion 230a of the attachment base 230, and the unit case 231 is accommodated. The bottom surface of the concave portion 231a is bent downward to some extent, and the outer peripheral surface of the lower end of the receiving projection 231e comes into contact with the inner peripheral surface of the cylindrical receiving portion 230c, whereby force is transmitted to the mounting base 230 side. That is, when the force is transmitted from the unit case 231 to the mounting base 230, the unit case 231 bends. Therefore, the force can be attenuated to some extent by the bending and transmitted to the mounting base 230.

  Further, the receiving projection 231e of the unit case 231 and the cylindrical receiving portion 230c of the mounting base 230 have an outer peripheral surface and an inner peripheral surface that are inclined with respect to the surface on which they are formed (a surface parallel to the upper surface of the touch unit 220B). Since the surface is provided, a part of the force transmitted from the receiving projection 231e to the cylindrical receiving portion 230c acts in a direction along the bottom surface of the attachment side receiving portion 230a provided with the cylindrical receiving portion 230c. To do. Thereby, the force from the receiving protrusion 231e (unit case 231) side is dispersed, and it can be avoided that a large force is applied to the mounting base 230 in one direction, and the mounting base 230 is hardly damaged. .

[3-1d-2. Touch unit]
As shown in FIGS. 35 and 36, the touch unit 220B of the effect operation unit 220 includes a shallow box-shaped lower case 240 that is open on the upper side, and an upper plate liquid crystal substrate 241 that is attached to the lower case 240 from above. A pair of vibration devices 242 disposed on the left and right outer sides of the upper plate liquid crystal substrate 241 in the lower case 240 and the upper side of the pair of vibration devices 242 and the upper plate liquid crystal substrate 241 are attached to the lower case 240 and attached to the upper side. A shallow box-shaped base member 243 having an open portion, an upper plate liquid crystal display device 244 that is inserted into the base member 243 from above and is controlled by the upper plate liquid crystal substrate 241, and an upper plate liquid crystal display device 244. A frame-shaped earth metal fitting 245 made of a thin metal plate covering the outer periphery, and a transparent touch panel covering the upper surfaces of the earth metal fitting 245 and the upper plate liquid crystal display device 244 And 246, and a frame-shaped upper cover 247 which is attached to the lower case 240, a through covering the base member 243 of the outer periphery of the touch panel 246 from the upper side.

  In addition, the touch unit 220B extends vertically from the lower end of the lower case 240 to the upper end of the upper cover 247 on the rear end surface of the lower case 240, the base member 243, and the upper cover 247 in an assembled state. A sheet-like waterproof seal 248 having a waterproof property is provided which extends over substantially the entire length of the left and right rear end surfaces of the case 240 and the like and is attached to the rear end surfaces of the lower case 240, the base member 243, and the upper cover 247. ing.

  The outer shape of the lower case 240 corresponds to the inner shape of the housing recess 213a of the unit case 231 and is formed so as to be housed in the housing recess 213a. The lower case 240 includes a rectangular board mounting portion 240a extending to the left and right, a flat plate-like protruding portion 240b protruding in a trapezoidal shape from both the left and right sides of the board mounting portion 240a, and an outer diameter of the damper 222. A pair of damper mounting recesses 240c that are vertically opened and partially open to the outside in the left-right direction and are spaced apart in the front-rear direction, and project from the inner peripheral surface of the damper mounting recess 240c. And a vibration device attachment portion 240e to which the vibration device 242 is attached and disposed near the substrate attachment portion 240a between the pair of damper attachment recesses 240c in the protrusion 240b.

  The damper mounting recess 240c of the lower case 240 is formed in a C shape in plan view, and the damper 222 can be inserted from the open side of the C shape. Further, the flange portion 240d is provided over the entire circumference of the C-shaped inner peripheral surface of the damper mounting recess 240c at the substantially upper and lower centers of the damper mounting recess 240c. The flange portion 240d can be inserted into the groove 222a of the damper 222.

  The vibration device 242 includes a small vibration drive motor 242a and a weight 242b attached to the rotation shaft of the vibration drive motor 242a with the center of gravity being eccentric. The vibration device 242 can generate vibration by rotating the weight 242b by the vibration drive motor 242a.

  The base member 243 includes a liquid crystal mounting recess 243a in which the upper plate liquid crystal display device 244 is inserted from above and formed in a shallow box shape, and an extending portion 243b extending outward from the left and right sides of the liquid crystal mounting recess 243a, A screw hole 243c that penetrates up and down at a position corresponding to the damper mounting recess 240c of the lower case 240 at the tip of the extension part 243b and is formed on the lower end side of the screw hole 243c. A chamfered taper portion 243d (see FIG. 40) whose diameter increases toward the lower end of the cage.

  The inner diameter of the lower side of the screw hole 243c of the base member 243 is such that the distal end side can pass through the tapered portion 231i of the lateral support pin 231b in the unit case 231 and the proximal end side (lower side) from the tapered portion 231i. It is formed in a size that cannot pass.

  The touch panel 246 includes a tempered glass that is strong against impact and is not easily broken, a capacitive sensor sheet provided on the upper surface of the tempered glass, and a frame-shaped protective cover that covers the outer periphery of the tempered glass and the sensor sheet. ing.

  The touch unit 220B can attach the damper 222 by inserting the damper 222 from the C-shaped open side into the damper mounting recesses 240c provided on the left and right sides of the lower case 240, respectively. At this time, the flange portion 240 d protruding from the inner peripheral surface of the damper mounting recess 240 c is inserted into the groove 222 a of the damper 222. Thereby, the damper 222 in the damper mounting recess 240c is restricted from moving in the axial direction. In a state where the damper 222 is mounted in the damper mounting recess 240c, the upper end of the damper 222 abuts on the lower surface of the extending portion 243b of the base member 243, and the lower end of the damper 222 is lower than the lower end (lower surface) of the lower case 240. Protruding.

  In the touch unit 220 </ b> B, the vibration drive motor 242 a of the pair of vibration devices 242 is sandwiched between the lower case 240 and the base member 243. The pair of vibration devices 242 can independently generate vibrations.

  Further, the touch unit 220 </ b> B can visually recognize an image displayed on the upper plate liquid crystal display device 244 through the touch panel 246 from the upper side. Then, an image such as a button is displayed on the upper plate liquid crystal display device 244, and the player can operate the button of the image by touching the touch panel 246 so as to operate the button of the image.

  Furthermore, since the touch unit 220B has a prevention water seal 248 attached to the outer peripheral surface on the rear side, when a liquid such as a drink is spilled on the dish unit 200, the liquid enters the touch unit 220B. It is possible to prevent the touch unit 220B from being damaged by the ingress of liquid.

[3-1d-3. Button unit]
As shown in FIGS. 37 and 38, the button unit 220C of the rendering operation unit 220 includes a cylindrical unit main body 250 attached to the button unit mounting portion 231g of the unit case 231 in the mounting base unit 220A, and a lower part of the unit main body 250. And a board cover 252 that covers the lower side of the stage button decoration board 251 and is attached to the lower side of the unit main body 250.

  The button unit 220C is disposed between the button base 253 and the unit main body 250, and the button base 253 is attached to the upper side. A spring member 254 that is energized, a light guide member 255 that is inserted into the button base 253 and that can guide light from the LED of the effect button decoration board 251 upward, and a plurality of minute electrodes disposed above the light guide member 255. A sheet-like diffusing lens member 256 having a prism, a translucent upper plate effect button 257 that covers the upper side of the diffusing lens member 256 and is attached to the button base 253, and is attached to the upper surface of the effect button decoration substrate 251 And an effect button pressing sensor 258 for detecting the movement of the button base 253 to the descending end.

  The unit main body 250 includes three attachment pieces 250a that extend outward from the lower end of the outer peripheral surface and are attached to the button unit attachment portion 231g, and a flange-like shelf 250b that extends inward from the lower end of the inner peripheral surface. And a pair of through holes 250c penetrating the shelf 250b along the inner peripheral surface.

  The button base 253 includes a cylindrical lower tube portion 253a inserted into the inner periphery of the shelf 250b, a conical tube-shaped upper tube portion 253b whose diameter increases upward from the upper end of the lower tube portion 253a, A claw that extends downward from the upper end of the cylindrical portion 253b, has a lower end capable of passing through the through-hole 250c of the unit main body 250, protrudes outward from the lower end, and can engage (contact) the lower surface of the unit main body 250. A pair of engaging claw portions 253c and an upper cylindrical portion 253b that protrude radially outwardly from the outer peripheral surface of the upper cylinder portion 253b and whose lower ends can come into contact with the upper surface of the shelf portion 250b of the unit body 250 A plurality of flat plate-like contact pieces 253d, and a detection piece 253e that extends outward from the outer peripheral surface of the lower tube portion 253a and the upper tube portion 253b in a flat plate shape and is detected by the effect button pressing sensor 258. There.

  The spring member 254 is a coil spring as illustrated. The spring member 254 has a lower end abutted against the upper surface of the shelf 250 b of the unit main body 250, and an upper end supported by a plurality of abutting pieces 253 d on the button base 253.

  The light guide member 255 extends to the vicinity of the lower end of the lower cylinder portion 253a of the button base 253 from the bottom surface of the disk-like main body portion 255a fitted into the upper portion of the upper cylinder portion 253b of the button base 253. A plurality of columnar light guides 255b. The plurality of light guide portions 255b are provided so as to correspond to the LEDs of the effect button decoration substrate 251, and can guide the light from the LEDs to be emitted from the entire upper surface of the main body portion 255a.

  In the button unit 220C, the button base 253, the light guide member 255, the diffusing lens member 256, and the upper plate effect button main body are integrally assembled, and they can slide up and down in the unit main body 250 together. it can. These button bases 253 and the like are such that the upper surface of the upper plate effect button 257 protrudes upward from the upper end of the unit main body 250 by the biasing force of the spring member 254, and the pair of engaging claws 253c of the button base 253 are Engagement with the lower surface of 250 restricts further elevation, and the upper plate effect button 257 and the like are positioned at the ascending end.

  When the upper plate effect button 257 is pressed downward against the urging force of the spring member 254, the upper plate effect button 257 and the like are lowered, and the detection piece 253e of the button base 253 is detected by the effect button pressing sensor 258, and the upper A pressing operation of the dish effect button 257 is detected. When the button base 253 is lowered by pressing the upper plate effect button 257, the lower ends of the plurality of contact pieces 253d of the button base 253 come into contact with the upper surface of the shelf 250b of the unit body 250, and further lowering is restricted. Thus, the upper plate effect button 257 and the like are in the lower end.

  Further, the button unit 220 </ b> C can decorate the upper plate effect button 257 by causing the LED of the effect button decoration board 251 to emit light. The LED of the effect button decoration substrate 251 is a full color LED, and the upper plate effect button 257 can be decorated with light emission in various colors.

[3-1d-4. Features of production operation unit]
As shown in FIG. 40, the rendering operation unit 220 of the present embodiment is assembled, and the lower end of the damper 222 attached to the damper mounting recess 240c of the lower case 240 of the touch unit 220B is lower than the lower surface of the lower case 240. Since this also protrudes downward, a gap is formed between the bottom surface of the housing recess 231a of the unit case 231 of the mounting base unit 220A and the bottom surface of the lower case 240 of the touch unit 220B. In addition, the front end surfaces (upper end surfaces) of the four horizontal support pins 231b of the unit case 231 coincide with the bottom face of the counterbore of the screw hole 243c of the base member 243, and upward of the touch unit 220B with respect to the horizontal support pins 231b. Movement is regulated by a flat washer on the head of a screw 227 screwed into the upper end of the lateral support pin 231b. Further, the tapered portion 231 i formed on the upper end side of the lateral support pin 231 b and the tapered portion 243 d formed on the lower end side of the screw hole 243 c of the base member 243 are separated from each other.

  In addition, as shown in FIG. 41, in the effect operation unit 220, the upper surface of the damper 222 inserted into the front support pin 231c of the unit case 231 is slightly smaller than the bottom surface of the housing recess 231a on the side of the lateral support pin 231b. Projects upward. Further, since a gap is formed between the bottom surface of the housing recess 231a of the unit case 231 and the lower surface of the lower case 240, the upper surface of the damper 222 inserted into the front support pin 231c of the unit case 231 and the lower A gap is also formed between the lower surface of the case 240. Further, a gap is also formed between the upper surface of the central support protrusion 231 d of the unit case 231 and the lower surface of the lower case 240. That is, the touch unit 220B is attached to the attachment base unit 220A with the lower surface floating in the air by the dampers 222 inserted into the left and right lateral support pins 231b.

  Further, the rendering operation unit 220 is constricted downward in the unit case 231 in which the touch unit 220B is attached from above in a pyramid-shaped cylindrical receiving portion 230c constricted downward in the attachment base 230 of the attachment base unit 220A. The lower end of the full pyramidal receiving projection 231e is inserted. A slight gap is formed between the inner peripheral wall of the cylindrical receiving portion 230c and the outer peripheral wall of the receiving protrusion 231e. Thus, in a normal state, only the vicinity of the outer periphery of the unit case 231 is attached to the attachment base 230 with the inside of the unit case 231 (the center side of the housing recess 231a) floating in the air.

  In addition, as shown in FIG. 30 and the like, the rendering operation unit 220 has a linear upper end of the linear light emitting portion 237b of the linear light emitting lens member 237 along the rear side close to the game area 5a in the touch unit 220B ( It is exposed in a band shape. The length of the upper end of the linear light emitting portion 237b is about 2/3 of the length of the rear side of the touch unit 220B. An upper dish rear decoration member 236 is disposed on the rear side of the upper end of the linear light emitting portion 237b exposed along the rear side of the touch unit 220B. Further, an upper dish ball removal button 239 is arranged on the right side of the upper dish rear decoration member 236 in front view. Further, a button unit 220C is arranged on the left side of the touch unit 220B when viewed from the front.

  The effect operation unit 220 can present various effects to the player in accordance with the game state that is changed by driving a game ball into the game area 5a. For example, by displaying an image on the upper liquid crystal display device 244 of the touch unit 220B, an image (effect image) can be presented to the player through the transparent touch panel 246 and can be enjoyed.

  As an image displayed on the upper plate liquid crystal display device 244, an image imitating an operation button is displayed, and by allowing touch detection by the sensor sheet 246b of the touch panel 246 to be accepted, the image of the image can be displayed to the player. The operation buttons can be operated, and an effect using the touch panel 246 can be enjoyed. The image displayed on the upper plate liquid crystal display device 244 at the time of production using the touch panel 246 is not limited to the operation button, and various images can be displayed.

  Further, in the effect operation unit 220, the touch unit 220B is supported in a state of being lifted from the unit case 231 by the plurality of dampers 222, and therefore the touch unit 220B is operated by operating the vibration device 242 according to the gaming state. Can be vibrated. When the touch panel 246 is produced, the touch panel 246 (touch unit 220B) is vibrated by the vibration device 242 so that the vibration of the vibration device 242 is applied to the finger or hand of the player who is in contact with the touch panel 246. Even if the operation button of the image is operated to the player, the player can be surprised by illusioning that the actual operation button is operated. It is possible to suppress the interest from deteriorating by making the player entertain.

  Further, since the production operation unit 220 includes the button unit 220C on the left side of the front view of the touch unit 220B, the player can press the upper plate production button 257 according to the gaming state, and the upper plate production button 257 can be operated. You can entertain the operation. More specifically, the image operation buttons on the touch panel 246 only have a touch on the touch panel 246, so that the operation feeling is less than that of the actual operation buttons. However, the upper plate effect button 257 is actually pressed. Therefore, the operation of the upper plate effect button 257 does not give a sense of incongruity, the operation of the upper plate effect button 257 can be comfortably enjoyed, and the decrease in interest for the game can be suppressed. .

  Since the production operation unit 220 is arranged at a portion where the upper plate 201 is provided in the plate unit 200 bulging forward, the game can be performed even during production using the touch unit 220B or the button unit 220C. There is a possibility that a person may hit the touch unit 220B or the like from above. On the other hand, in the rendering operation unit 220, the touch unit 220B is supported by the damper 222 in a state of floating from the lower unit case 231. Therefore, even if the touch unit 220B is hit from above, the elasticity of the damper 222 The impact can be absorbed to some extent by force. More specifically, when an impact (load) is applied from above, such as when the touch unit 220B is struck, it is transmitted to the damper 222 in which the left and right lateral support pins 231b are inserted, and the damper 222 is lowered while the touch unit 220B is lowered. Is compressed. By compressing the damper 222 supported by the lateral support pins 231b, the impact from the touch unit 220B is absorbed.

  Further, when the touch unit 220B is lowered by the impact, the lower surface of the lower case 240 comes into contact with the upper end of the damper 222 into which the front support pin 231c is inserted, and is supported by the front support pin 231c as the touch unit 220B is lowered. The damper 222 is compressed downward. Accordingly, the impact from the touch unit 220B is absorbed by the damper 222 supported by the front support pin 231c in addition to the damper 222 supported by the lateral support pin 231b.

  When the touch unit 220B is further lowered by an impact acting on the touch unit 220B, the lower surface of the lower case 240 of the touch unit 220B comes into contact with the bottom surfaces of the left and right sides of the housing recess 231a and the upper surface of the central support protrusion 231d. Thereby, the impact from the touch unit 220B directly acts on the unit case 231 from the touch unit 220B without passing through the plurality of dampers 222.

  Further, when the touch unit 220B is lowered, the bottom surface of the housing recess 231a of the unit case 231 is bent by the load from the center support protrusion 231d so that the center moves downward. The impact from the touch unit 220B is absorbed by the elastic force due to the bending of the bottom surface of the housing recess 231a. By bending the bottom surface of the housing recess 231a, the pair of receiving projections 231e projecting downward from the lower side of the bottom surface of the housing recess 231a is lowered. Then, when the receiving projection 231e is further lowered by the impact from the touch unit 220B, the lower end side of the outer peripheral wall of the receiving projection 231e comes into contact with the inner peripheral wall of the cylindrical receiving portion 230c of the mounting base 230, and from the touch unit 220B. The impact is transmitted from the unit case 231 to the mounting base 230.

  Since the outer peripheral wall of the receiving projection 231e and the inner peripheral wall of the cylindrical receiving portion 230c are each formed in a pyramid shape that narrows downward, the receiving projection 231e is directed to the cylindrical receiving portion 230c (on the mounting base 230 side). The transmitted load is distributed and transmitted in a direction along the bottom surface of the attachment side receiving portion 230a of the attachment base 230 and a direction perpendicular to the bottom surface. As described above, since the structure that absorbs the impact applied to the touch unit 220B before the transmission to the mounting base 230 is arranged in layers, the impact applied to the touch unit 220B is sufficiently absorbed. The touch unit 220B, the unit case 231, the mounting base 230 and the like can be made difficult to be damaged by the impact.

  In addition, the production operation unit 220 has a linear light emitting portion of a linear light emitting lens member 237 that extends along the outer peripheral edge on the rear side of the touch unit 220B by the peripheral LED 235b of the post-upper decorative board 235 according to the gaming state. The upper end of 237b can be emitted linearly. As a result, the player's interest can be attracted to the touch unit 220B, and the image displayed on the upper plate liquid crystal display device 244 in the touch unit 220B, the touch effect using the touch panel 246, etc. can be enjoyed and the interest is reduced. Can be suppressed.

  Further, depending on the gaming state, the decoration LED 235a on the back plate decoration board 235 is used to light-decorate the back plate decoration member 236 arranged on the rear side of the touch panel 220B (the rear side from the linear light emitting portion 237b). be able to. By decorating the back plate decoration member 236 with light emission, the player's interest is attracted to the effect operation unit 220 such as the touch unit 220B in the same manner as the light emission of the linear light emitting portion 237b of the linear light emitting lens member 237. It is possible to entertain the presentation presented by the presentation operation unit 220 and suppress the interest from deteriorating.

  Further, the touch unit 220B including the upper plate liquid crystal substrate 241 and the upper plate liquid crystal display device 244 is attached to an upper plate lower covering portion 262, which will be described later, of the plate unit cover 260 by the mounting base 230 and the unit case 231 of the mounting base unit 220A. The waterproof seal 248 is pasted on the outer peripheral surface on the rear side of the touch unit 220B. Thereby, even if water (water droplets) condensed on the surface of the upper plate body 212 or the game ball by touching the outside air in the upper plate 201 flows to the lower side of the upper plate 201 (on the upper plate lower covering portion 262). In addition, it is possible to prevent the condensed water from entering the touch unit 220B, and it is possible to prevent the touch unit 220B from generating a malfunction.

  In addition, as shown in FIG. 41, because the post-upper decoration board 235 for emitting and decorating the post-upper decoration member 236 and the linear light-emitting lens member 237 is arranged at a position higher than the bottom surface of the upper plate 201, Without being exposed to water droplets condensed on the upper plate 201, it is possible to prevent problems such as short-circuiting and corrosion in the post-upper decorative substrate 235.

[3-1e. Dish unit cover]
As shown in FIGS. 26 to 29, the dish unit cover 260 of the dish unit 200 extends leftward and rightward, and the center of the left and right bulges forward, and is formed in a shell shape opened rearward. . The dish unit cover 260 is opened to the front substantially at the center of the left and right, and a lower dish opening 261 whose rear end is closed by the dish unit base 210, and a top plate side (upper side) on the inner peripheral wall of the lower dish opening 261. Are arranged on the left side when viewed from the front of the lower plate opening portion 261 and the lower plate opening portion 261 and covers the lower side of the upper plate body 212 and the rendering operation unit 220. A speaker grille 263 that transmits sound from the speakers, a dish unit left decorative member 264 that is arranged on the upper side of the speaker grille 263 and is lit and decorated by the dish unit left decorative substrate 345, and a lower dish opening 261 arranged on the right side of the front view. The handle unit 265 through which the rear part of the handle body 502 of the handle unit 500 passes and the bottom surface of the dish unit cover 260 are formed. A bottom plate portion 266 for covering the lower Rishitasara body 214, and a, a bottom plate opening 267 is closed by the lower tray ball vent unit 320 penetrates the bottom plate portion 266 on the upper and lower left and right of the center.

  In the lower dish opening 261, the bottom plate side (lower side) of the inner peripheral wall is closed by the lower dish body 214. The speaker grille 263 and the dish unit left decorative member 264 are made of punching metal in which a plurality of holes are provided in a metal plate.

  The dish unit cover 260 has a smooth surface on the left side when viewed from the front, and a rugged surface on the right side. Moreover, the right side of the front view is substantially translucent.

  The dish unit cover 260 is formed at an interval between the upper surface of the touch unit 220 </ b> B and the lower surface of the upper dish lower covering portion 262 so that the dish unit cover 260 can be grasped with one hand. Thus, when the player touches the touch unit 220B, the finger (hand or arm) to be touched can be stabilized by grasping the upper side of the lower plate opening 261, and the touch operation of the touch unit 220B can be performed. Can be easily performed.

  Specifically, in the assembled state, the thickness between the upper surface of the front end of the touch unit 220B and the lower surface of the upper pan lower covering portion 262 is about 25 mm, and the upper surface of the rear end of the touch unit 220B and the upper pan lower covering portion 262 are The distance from the lower surface is about 50 mm, and the distance between the front end of the upper pan lower covering portion 262 and the rear end of the touch unit 220B is about 60 mm. Further, the upper surface of the touch unit 220B is inclined about 20 degrees with respect to the horizontal. Accordingly, the player can grasp the space between the upper surface of the touch unit 220 </ b> B and the lower surface of the upper pan lower covering portion 262.

[3-1f. Door lower right production unit]
As shown in FIGS. 42 to 49, the door lower right effect unit 270 of the dish unit 200 is disposed on the upper side of the handle unit 500 and on the right side of the effect operation unit 200, and rotates according to the gaming state. A spherical door lower right rotator 270A for luminescent decoration is provided. The door lower right rendering unit 270 is attached to the unit base 271 so as to close the escape opening 210g on the front surface of the dish unit base 210 and rotatably supports the door lower right rotating body 270A. Door lower right drive motor 272, drive gear 273 fixed to the rotation shaft of door lower right drive motor 272, driven gear 274 meshed with drive gear 273 and attached to door lower right rotary body 270A, driven A shaft member 275 that rotatably supports the gear 274 and is attached to the unit base 271.

  The door lower right rendering unit 270 is attached to the opposite side of the door lower right rotating body 270A from the driven gear 274 and is rotatably supported by the unit base 271 and the door lower right bearing member 276. A base side bearing member 277 that rotatably supports the rotating body 270A on the opposite side of the driven gear 274 in cooperation with the unit base 271, and the rotation of the door lower right rotating body 270A attached to the unit base 271. Two rotation detection sensors 278 capable of detecting the position, a decorative member 279 attached to the unit base 271 on the left side when viewed from the front of the door lower right rotating body 270A, and a rear side of the unit base 271 and attached to the front surface A door lower right base decorative board 280 provided with a plurality of LEDs, and a door lower right drive motor 272 mounted on the rear side of the unit base 271, Detection sensor 278, and a door bottom right base decorated substrate 280 door bottom right relay board 281 that relays the connection between the door bottom right rotator decorative substrate 291 and the peripheral control board 1510 and later, and.

  The lower right door rotator 270A constitutes the outer shell and is disposed between the front outer shell member 285 and the rear outer shell member 286, each of which is hemispherical, and between the front outer shell member 285 and the rear outer shell member 286. A rotating body internal unit 290. The front outer shell member 285 and the rear outer shell member 286 are formed with semicircular cutout portions 285a and 286a around the rotation axis, respectively. The front outer shell member 285 has a translucent hemispherical surface, a band decoration 285b having a metallic luster and extending in the circumferential direction, and a heart shape disposed at the center of the band decoration 285b. And a heart decoration 285c. On the other hand, the rear outer shell member 286 is provided with a band decoration 286b having a metallic luster and extending in the circumferential direction on a surface of a hemispherical shell having translucency. When the front outer shell member 285 and the rear outer shell member 286 are combined, the band decoration 285b of the front outer shell member 285 and the band decoration 286b of the rear outer shell member 286 are connected.

  47 and 48, the rotating body internal unit 290 includes a disc-shaped door lower right rotating body decoration board 291 provided with a plurality of LEDs on both sides, and the center of the door lower right rotating body decoration board 291. A columnar first fixed shaft member 292 that extends perpendicularly to the surface of the door lower right rotating body decorative board 291 and has a tip attached to the shaft member 275, and the first fixed shaft member 292 are: A cylindrical shape that is attached to the opposite side of the door lower right rotating body decorative substrate 291 and extends perpendicularly to the surface of the door lower right rotating body decorative substrate 291 and has a tip attached to the unit base 271 and the base side bearing member 277. The second fixed shaft member 293. Although not shown, a wiring cord for connecting the door lower right relay board 281 and the door lower right rotating body decoration board 291 is inserted into the second fixed shaft member 293.

  Further, the rotating body internal unit 290 is disposed on both sides of the door lower right rotating body decorative board 291 and is a flat and annular transparent reflector base 294 attached to the inside of the front outer shell member 285 and the rear outer shell member 286. A morning glory-shaped first reflector 295 which is attached to the reflector base 294 and is open in the axial direction, and is attached to the reflector base 294 through the annular ring of the first reflector 295. And a second reflector 296 having a through hole 296a. The first reflector 295 and the second reflector 296 are provided with a plating layer having a metallic luster on the surface, and can reflect light from the door lower right rotating body decorative board 291. Further, the first reflector 295 and the second reflector 296 are provided with a plurality of flat ribs extending radially.

  The rotary body internal unit 290 includes a door lower right rotary body decoration board 291, a first fixed shaft member 292, and a second fixed shaft member 293, a reflector base 294, a first reflector 295, and a second reflector 296. They are separated from each other for relative rotation.

  The unit base 271 has a flat ring shape from the annular upper portion 271a disposed on the rear side of the door lower right rotating body 270A and the upper right portion of the ring portion 271a on the outer periphery of the ring portion 271a obliquely from the upper right portion when viewed from the front. A first projecting piece 271b projecting in the form of a plate, a second projecting piece 271c projecting in a flat plate shape from a portion opposite to the first projecting piece 271b on the outer periphery of the ring portion 271a, and a second projecting piece 271c And a bearing groove 271d into which the tip of the second fixed shaft member 293 is inserted in a U-shape from the front end toward the rear.

  The door lower right drive motor 272 is attached to the outer side surface (right side surface) of the first protruding piece 271b in a state where the rotation shaft penetrates. The driven gear 274 has a larger diameter than the drive gear 273. The shaft member 275 includes a mounting portion 275a that is attached to the front end of the first protruding piece 271b, and a cylindrical shaft portion 275b that protrudes in a cylindrical shape from the mounting portion 275a. The shaft member 275 can rotatably support the driven gear 274 by the outer periphery of the cylindrical shaft portion 275b, and can support the tip end of the first fixed shaft member 292 in a non-rotatable manner by the inner periphery of the cylindrical shaft portion 275b.

  The rotating body side bearing member 276 includes a bearing hole 276a into which the second fixed shaft member 293 is rotatably inserted, and a flat plate-like detection piece 276b extending outward. The base side bearing member 277 is attached to the front end of the second protruding piece 271c so as to close the open front end side of the U-shaped bearing groove 271d at the front end of the second protruding piece 271c in the unit base 271. The two rotation detection sensors 278 are attached to the second protruding piece 271c symmetrically across the rotation axis of the door lower right rotator 270A. The two rotation detection sensors 275 have a rotational position in which the heart decoration 285c of the lower right rotating body 270A faces forward (see FIG. 49A) and a rotational position in which the heart decoration 285c faces rearward (FIG. 49B). Can be detected respectively.

  The door lower right effect unit 270 of the present embodiment can rotate the door lower right rotating body 270A by the door lower right drive motor 272 and stop so that the heart decoration 285c faces forward according to the gaming state. Depending on whether or not, the player can be informed of the arrival of a chance and the like, and it is possible to entertain the player and prevent the interest from deteriorating.

  In addition, the door lower right effect unit 270 has the door lower right rotating body decoration board 291 inside the door lower right rotating body 270A mounted non-rotatably, so that the door right lower rotating body 270A is rotated while the door right lower rotating body 270A is rotating. When the lower rotating body decorative board 291 (LED thereof) is caused to emit light, the position of light emitted from the door lower right rotating body decorative board 291 moves as the door lower right rotating body 270A rotates, and the first reflector 295 and the second reflector 295 Since the direction of light reflected and guided by the two reflectors 296 changes, the door lower right rotator 270A is illuminated and decorated so that the light is blinking without blinking the LED on the door lower right rotator decoration board 291. Or by irradiating light of various colors from the LED, the lower right rotating body 270A of the door can be illuminated and decorated in rainbow colors, and the player can be entertained.

[3-1 g. Production unit cover]
As shown in FIGS. 28 and 29, the production unit cover 300 of the dish unit 200 includes a hemispherical transparent rotating body cover portion 301 that covers the front side of the spherical lower right door rotation body 270A in the lower right door production unit 270. The decorative unit 302 formed on the outer periphery of the rotating body cover 301 and continuous with the decoration on the right side when viewed from the front of the dish unit cover 260, and penetrates back and forth on the lower right side of the rotating body cover 301. And a cylinder insertion port 303 through which the key cylinder 710 is inserted.

  The production unit cover 300 has a translucent shape as a whole in a container shape with the rear opened. In the effect unit cover 300, the upper side of the rotating body cover portion 301 is illuminated and decorated by the lower right door base decorative board 280 of the lower right door effect unit 270, and the lower side of the rotating body cover section 301 is the dish unit right decorative board 346. Is decorated with luminous.

[3-1h. Upper dish ball removal unit]
As shown in FIGS. 50 to 52, the upper dish ball removing unit 310 of the dish unit 200 is attached to the front surface of the dish unit base 210 so as to cover the through hole 210e and the receiving piece 210f of the dish unit base 210 from the front side. A cover 311 having an opening 311a through which the extended piece 239a of the upper dish ball removal button 239 can be inserted, and a through hole 210e of the dish unit base 210 in the cover 311. A front base member 312 that is attached to a position that is upper left in front view, a pressure transmission member 313 that is rotatably supported by the front base member 312, and that rotates by pressing the upper dish ball removal button 239, and a pressure transmission member A first spring member 314 that urges 313 in the direction in which the upper pan ball removal button 239 rises.

  The upper dish ball removing unit 310 includes a rear base member 315 attached to the rear side of the dish unit base 210 so as to close the upper dish ball feeding port 210d of the dish unit base 210 from the rear side, and a rear base member. An upper dish ball removal slider 316 disposed between the plate unit base 315 and the rear base member 315 so as to be movable up and down, and the pressure transmission member 313 is in contact with the upper side from the upper side; And a second spring member 317 that urges the slider 316 upward.

  The front base member 312 extends in parallel with the front surface of the plate unit base 210 and is attached to the cover 311. The front base member 312 and a pair of extensions extending forward from both left and right sides of the base portion 312a. The protruding piece 312b, the shaft support portion 312c recessed in a U shape rearward from the front end of the extending piece 312b, and the vicinity of the front lower end of the base portion 312a are provided, and the rear end of the first spring member 314 is locked. And a hook-like spring locking portion (not shown).

  The pressure transmission member 313 includes a horizontally long cylindrical shaft portion 313a that is rotatably inserted into a pair of shaft support portions 312c of the front base member 312, and a rearward extension that extends rearward from the shaft portion 313a in a flat plate shape. An upper extension piece 313c that extends upward in the form of a flat plate from the vicinity of the left end in front view on the upper surface of the extension piece 313b and the rear extension piece 313b and can contact the lower end of the extension piece 239c of the upper dish ball removal button 239. A downwardly extending piece 313d extending downward from the right end in front view on the lower surface of the rearward extending piece 313b, and a first spring protruding downward from the lower side of the shaft portion 313a near the left end in front view. And a hook-like spring locking portion 313e to which the front end of the member 314 is locked. The downwardly extending piece 313d is formed in a triangular shape that extends downward as it goes rearward, and its lower end can be brought into contact with the upper dish ball removal slider 316.

  The rear base member 315 extends in a flat plate shape in parallel with the rear surface of the dish unit base 210, and is provided with a base part 315a attached to the dish unit base 210 and spaced from the left and right at the front surface of the base part 315a. A slider support portion 315b that slidably supports the left and right ends of the ball removal slider 316, and a front opening at a position corresponding to the upper portion of the upper tray ball feed port 210d of the tray unit base 210 at the upper end of the base portion 315a. An upper entrance 315c that opens downward on the rear side of the base portion 315a and allows game balls to circulate.

  In addition, the rear base member 315 includes a first guide path 315d that extends downward on the rear side of the base portion 315a continuously with the upper inlet 315c, is opened rearward, and has a lower end curved backward. An L-shaped second guide path 315e that extends downward from the lower side of the one guide path 315d and extends leftward in front view, the left end is opened leftward, and the whole is opened rearward; The base portion 315a is moved back and forth so that two sides are surrounded by a flat passage cover 315f closing the rear end side of the portion extending to the left in the guide passage 315e and an L-shaped second guide passage 315e. There is provided an opening 315g that penetrates, and a spring locking portion 315h that protrudes forward from the front surface of the base portion 315a in a boss shape and that locks the upper end of the second spring member 317.

  The L-shaped second guide path 315e in the rear base member 315 is inclined such that a portion extending leftward becomes lower as it goes leftward. As shown in FIG. 50B, the left end of the second guide path 315e is inserted into a notch 210j of a cylindrical lower dish ball supply port 210c in the dish unit base 210, and the second guide path 315e The lower dish ball supply port 210c communicates with each other.

  The upper plate ball removal slider 316 has a flat plate shape, a slider base 316a that is slidably supported by slider support portions 315b of the rear base member 315, and a dish from the left to the front from the center in front view at the upper end of the slider base 316a. A transmission piece 316b that extends to the upper side of the receiving piece 210f through the through hole 210e of the unit base 210 and can contact the lower end of the lower extension piece 313d of the pressure transmission member 313, and a slider on the lower side of the transmission piece 316b. A triangular operation transmitting portion 316c that protrudes rearward from the rear side of the base 316a and a hook-like spring mechanism that protrudes from the front surface of the slider base 316a and that engages the lower end of the second spring member 317. A stop portion 316d.

  In the upper dish ball removal unit 310, the upper inlet 315 c of the rear base member 315 is opened at the lower end on the right side as viewed from the front of the guide passage part 212 a of the upper dish body 212 in the state where the dish unit 200 is assembled. Thereby, the game balls in the upper plate 201 can be supplied from the upper entrance 315c to the ball feeding unit 540 via the first guide portion 315d on the rear side of the base portion 315a.

  Further, when the upper dish ball removal unit 310 presses the upper dish ball removal button 239 downward, the pressing transmission member 313 resists the biasing force of the first spring member 314 by the extended piece 239a of the upper dish ball removal button 239. Then, the lower end of the downwardly extending piece 313d rotates about the shaft portion 313a in the direction of moving downward. When the lower end of the downwardly extending piece 313d moves downward as the pressing force transmitting member 313 rotates, the upper piece of ball is removed by the transmission piece 316b of the upper dishball removing slider 316 with which the lower end of the downwardly extending piece 313d is in contact. The slider 316 slides downward against the urging force of the second spring member 317.

  When the upper plate ball removal slider 316 slides downward, the operation transmission unit 316c operates the switching mechanism of the ball feed unit 540 to switch the flow path in the ball feed unit 540, and the first guide path The 315d side communicates with the second guiding path 315e side. Thereby, the game balls in the upper plate 201 are discharged from the lower plate ball supply port 210c to the lower plate 202 through the upper inlet 315c, the first guide path 315d, the ball feeding unit 540, and the second guide path 315e. The game ball in the upper plate 201 can be pulled out.

  When the downward pressing of the upper dish ball removal button 239 is released, the upper dish ball removal slider 316 and the upper dish ball removal button 239 are raised by the urging force of the first spring member 314 and the second spring member 317, It is possible to return to the original state.

[3-1i. Lower dish ball removal unit]
As shown in FIG. 53 and the like, the lower dish ball removing unit 320 of the dish unit 200 is attached to the lower side of the lower dish body 214 so as to close the bottom plate opening 267 of the dish unit cover 260, and the ball of the lower dish body 214 is attached. A flat plate-shaped lower dish ball removal base 321 having an opening 321a coinciding with the hole 214a, and a flat slide lid 322 that can slide left and right on the lower plate ball removal base 321 to close the opening 321a. A knob 323 attached to the front end of the slide lid 322 and exposed to the outside from the front surface of the dish unit cover 260, and a spring biasing the slide lid 322 in a direction to close the opening 321a by the slide lid 322 A member 324, and a holding device 325 that holds the slide lid 322 in a position where the opening 321a is opened against the urging force of the spring member 324; It is provided.

  The opening 321a of the lower dish ball removal base 321 is formed at a position closer to the right from the left and right in the front view. By attaching the lower dish ball removal base 321 to the lower dish body 212, the slide lid 322 can be slidably supported between the lower dish ball removal base 321 and the lower dish body 212 so as to be slidable to the left and right. The slide lid 322 includes a holding protrusion 322a that is held by a holding device 325 on the left end side in front view.

  The holding device 325 includes a main body 325a attached to the lower dish ball removal base 321 and a pair of holding claws 325b that protrude from the main body 325a so as to be openable and closable and can hold the holding protrusion 322a. When the holding protrusion 322a is inserted between the pair of open holding claws 325a and pressed toward the main body 325a, the holding device 325 closes the pair of holding claws 325b to hold the holding protrusion 322a and The nail 325b is kept closed. In this state, when the holding protrusion 322a is moved toward the main body 325a, the pair of holding claws 325a are opened, and the holding protrusion 322a is released.

  The lower dish ball removal unit 320 has a slide lid 322 between the opening 321a and the ball removal hole 214a of the lower dish body 214 when the knob 323 (slide lid 322) is moved to the right in the front view. Thus, the game balls in the lower plate 202 do not come out downward from the ball release holes 214a, and the game balls can be stored in the lower plate 202.

  From this state, by operating the knob 323 to the left, the slide lid 322 slides to the left, and the opening 321a and the ball hole 214a communicate with each other. As a result, the game ball in the lower plate 202 passes through the ball removal hole 214a and the opening 321a and can be pulled out below the plate unit 200, and the game ball in the lower plate 202 can be extracted. At this time, since the holding projection 322a of the slide lid 322 is held by the pair of holding claws 325b of the holding device 325, the slide lid 322 remains open even when the operation of the knob 323 is stopped, and the lower plate 202 You can continue to pull out the game balls inside.

  To close the slide lid 322, when the knob 323 is slightly operated to the left side, the pair of holding claws 325b are opened, the holding projections 322a are released, and the slide lid 322 slides to the right side by the biasing force of the spring member 324. Then, the ball removal hole 214a is closed. In this manner, by operating the knob 323 of the lower dish ball removing unit 320, the game balls can be stored in the lower dish 202, or the game balls stored in the lower dish 202 can be extracted.

[3-1j. Ball rental operation unit]
The ball lending operation unit 330 of the dish unit 200 includes, as shown in FIGS. 28 and 29, a unit case 331 that is attached to the upper surface of the rendering operation unit 220 near the right end in front view and has translucency, A ball rental button 332 exposed on the upper surface of the case 331 and operable by the player; a return button 333 exposed on the upper surface of the unit case 331 on the rear side of the ball rental button 332 and operable by the player; And a display unit 334 that is visible from the player side through the upper surface of the unit case 331 on the rear side of the return button 333.

  When the ball lending operation unit 330 pushes a ball lending button 332 after inserting cash or a prepaid card into a ball lending machine provided adjacent to the pachinko machine 1, the ball lending operation unit 330 receives a predetermined number of game balls. 200 can be lent (paid out) into the upper plate 201, and when the return button 333 is pressed, the balance of the loaned portion and the prepaid card are returned after being drawn. In addition, the display unit 334 displays the number of cash and prepaid cards remaining in the ball lending machine, or an error code when the ball lending machine breaks down.

[3-1k. Top plate top decorative member]
As shown in FIGS. 28 and 29 and the like, the upper dish top decorative member 340 of the dish unit 200 is attached to the left and right center of the upper end of the dish unit base 210 and has a light-transmitting upper dish top lens. 340a and an upper plate top decorative board 340b attached to the lower side of the upper plate top lens 340a and having a plurality of LEDs mounted on the upper surface thereof.

  The upper dish top decoration member 340 can cause the upper dish top lens 340a to emit light in a band shape by causing the LED of the upper dish top decoration substrate 340b to emit light. Since the upper plate top decoration member 340 is disposed on the rear side of the effect operation unit 200, the upper plate top decoration member is similar to the light emission decoration of the upper plate rear decoration member 236, the linear light emitting lens member 237, and the like. By lighting 340, the player's interest can be attracted to the production operation unit 220 such as the touch unit 220B, and the production presented by the production operation unit 220 can be enjoyed to prevent the interest from deteriorating. be able to.

[3-1l. Characteristic effects of the dish unit]
The dish unit 200 according to the present embodiment has a game ball in the game area 5a on the touch unit 220B of the effect operation unit 220 on the upper surface of the dish unit 200 having the upper dish 201 for storing the game balls on the lower side of the game area 5a. When an image is displayed on the upper plate liquid crystal display device 244 in accordance with the gaming state that is changed by driving in, a belt-like shape is formed along the outer peripheral edge of the upper plate liquid crystal display device 244 on the side close to the game area 5a. Since the linear light emitting lens member 237, the upper dish decoration member 236, the upper dish decoration member 340, and the like can emit light, even if the player's line of sight is concentrated in the game area 5a, the line of sight (view) It is possible to notice light from the outside of the linear light emitting lens member 237 and the like, and to attract the player's line of sight (interest) to the linear light emitting lens member 237, that is, the upper plate liquid crystal display device 244 side. Can. Accordingly, in the upper plate liquid crystal display device 244, when presenting an effect such as an image according to the game state, the linear light emitting lens member 237 and the like are caused to emit light, so that the player uses the upper plate liquid crystal display device 244 to emit light. The presentation of the effect can be noticed, and the effect by the upper liquid crystal display device 244 can be enjoyed to prevent the interest from deteriorating.

  In addition, since the dish unit 200 includes the upper dish liquid crystal display device 244 capable of displaying an image according to the gaming state, when an image suggesting the arrival of a chance is displayed, the dish unit 200 is disposed outside the gaming area 5a. Since the upper liquid crystal display device 244 is used to indicate the arrival of a chance, a game in the game area 5a and an effect on the upper liquid crystal display device 244 outside the game area 5a are given to the player. Both can be cared about. Therefore, by making the game area 5a and the outside of the game area 5a (the upper liquid crystal display device 244) care, it is possible to entertain a tight game with a sense of speed and reduce the interest of the player. In addition, when displaying an image suggesting the arrival of an opportunity on the upper plate liquid crystal display device 244, the linear light emitting lens member 237 and the like are caused to emit light, thereby causing the player to make the upper plate liquid crystal display device 244 emit light. It is possible to attract attention and to make the player entertained by surely recognizing the arrival of the opportunity. In this case, depending on the player, both the inside and outside of the game area 5a may be concerned, so that the player may not be able to concentrate on both, and the interest may be reduced. Since the linear light-emitting lens member 237 and the like emit light in response to the arrival), the linear light-emitting lens member 237 and the like can be concentrated in the game area 5a until the linear light-emitting lens member 237 emits light, and the game in the game area 5a can be enjoyed. In addition, when the linear light emitting lens member 237 or the like emits light, it is possible to entertain the effect on the upper plate liquid crystal display device 244, and to make the game sharp and hard to get tired.

  In addition, since the upper plate liquid crystal display device 244 is provided in the plate unit 200 bulging to the player side below the game area 5a, the upper plate liquid crystal display device 244 is disposed at a position close to the player. Become. This makes it easier for the player located in front of the pachinko machine 1 to hide the upper plate liquid crystal display device 244 and makes it difficult for other players to see the upper plate liquid crystal display device 244 next to or behind. An effect presented by the upper plate liquid crystal display device 244 can be enjoyed only by the player. Therefore, while enjoying the effect by the upper liquid crystal display device 244, it is possible to reduce the feeling of being uncomfortable by being looked at by other players and to reduce the interest, and the upper plate liquid crystal display device. Since the linear light-emitting lens member 237 emits light when presenting the effect by 244, it is difficult to overlook the effect by the upper plate liquid crystal display device 244, and the effect by the upper plate liquid crystal display device 244 is enjoyed and enjoyed. Can be suppressed.

  Furthermore, since the linear light-emitting lens member 237 and the like are caused to emit light in a band shape, the light emission of the linear light-emitting lens member 237 and the like can be made more conspicuous than the case where light is emitted in a dotted manner, and the player Even if the consciousness is concentrated in the game area 5a, the light emission from the linear light-emitting lens member 237 and the like can be easily noticed, and the production by the upper plate liquid crystal display device 244 and the touch panel 246 can be enjoyed. It can suppress that it falls. Further, since the linear light-emitting lens member 237 and the like emit light in a band shape, it becomes a light-emission mode different from light emission of other light-emitting decorative bodies, and can be reduced from being mistaken for light emission of the light-emitting decorative bodies, The light emission of the linear light-emitting lens member 237 and the like can be surely noticed.

  In addition, since the linear light emitting lens member 237 and the like are arranged at the rear position close to the game area 5a in the outer peripheral edge of the upper liquid crystal display device 244, when the linear light emitting lens member 237 and the like are caused to emit light, Light from the linear light-emitting lens member 237 and the like can easily enter the player's field of view, and the light emission from the linear light-emitting lens member 237 and the like can be noticed and the production of the upper plate liquid crystal display device 244 can be enjoyed.

  In addition, the production unit 200 having the upper plate liquid crystal display device 244 and the like is provided on the upper surface of the plate unit 200 having the upper plate 201 and the like, and the upper plate 201 of the dish unit 200 is placed in the game area 5a. Since the player for confirming the amount of game balls to be turned turns the line of sight at a certain frequency, the upper plate liquid crystal display device 244, the linear light emitting lens member 237, etc. It becomes easy to enter the field of view and it becomes easy to notice the light emission of the linear light emitting lens member 237. Further, since the player directs his / her line of sight to the upper plate 201 at a certain frequency, it is easy to direct his / her line of sight from the game area 5a to the upper plate 201 (the upper plate liquid crystal display device 244). Accordingly, when the light emission from the linear light-emitting lens member 237 or the like is noticed, the line of sight can be immediately transferred to the upper plate liquid crystal display device 244, and the presentation presented by the upper plate liquid crystal display device 244 is enjoyed and the interest is reduced. Can be suppressed.

  Further, when the effect operation unit 200 is arranged below the game area 5a and the player is irradiated with light from the linear light emitting lens member 237 or the like from below, the game operation area 5a is arranged above the game area 5a. Compared to the above, it is easy for the player to get into the eyes, and it is possible to easily notice the light emission of the linear light emitting lens member 237 and the like, and the player can be surely paid attention to the upper plate liquid crystal display device 244. It is possible to prevent the interest from deteriorating by making the operation unit 200 entertained.

  In addition, since the effect operation unit 200 (the upper plate liquid crystal display device 244) is disposed at a position corresponding to the center in the left-right direction of the game area 5a, the position of the player's line of sight is any position in the game area 5a. However, the light from the linear light-emitting lens member 237 and the like can be easily noticed, and the player can surely pay attention to the upper liquid crystal display device 244, and the production by the production operation unit 200 can be enjoyed. It can suppress that interest falls.

  In addition, since the production operation unit 200 includes the touch panel 246, in addition to the production by the image, the production can be performed by causing the player to operate the touch panel 246, and the player can be entertained by various productions. By causing the player to operate the touch panel 246, it is possible to participate in the production, and it is possible to actively entertain the production for the player and to prevent the interest from deteriorating.

  Further, the linear light emitting lens member 237 (linear light emitting portion 237b) arranged along the outer peripheral edge on the rear side of the touch unit 220B transfers the game ball in the upper plate 201 to the ball feeding unit 540 (ball launching device 680). An upper dish ball removal button 239 for operating the upper dish ball removal unit 310 is disposed between the guide passage section 212a and the guide passage section 212a. In other words, the linear light-emitting lens member 237 is provided in the vicinity of a place where the player confirms the game ball necessary for the game, and the linear light-emitting lens member 237 is disposed at a position that the player cares about even during the game. Therefore, the light emission of the linear light-emitting lens member 237 can be noticed, the player's interest is attracted to the touch unit 220B, and the effect by the touch unit 220B (the effect image by the upper plate liquid crystal display device 244, the touch panel 246 The timing of the touch operation, etc.) can be easily noticed.

  In addition, the touch unit 220B including the upper plate liquid crystal substrate 241 and the upper plate liquid crystal display device 244 is mounted on the upper surface of the upper lower plate covering portion 262 of the upper plate unit cover 260 by the mounting base 230 and the unit case 231 of the mounting base unit 220A. Since the waterproof seal 248 is affixed to the outer peripheral surface on the rear side of the touch unit 220B, the upper plate 201 touches the outside air on the upper plate body 212 or the surface of the game ball. Even if condensed water (water droplets) flows below the upper plate 201 (on the upper plate lower covering portion 262), it is possible to prevent the condensed water from entering the touch unit 220B, and the touch unit 220B. It is possible to prevent the occurrence of problems in

  In addition, as shown in FIG. 41, because the post-upper decoration board 235 for emitting and decorating the post-upper decoration member 236 and the linear light-emitting lens member 237 is arranged at a position higher than the bottom surface of the upper plate 201, Without being exposed to water droplets condensed on the upper plate 201, it is possible to prevent problems such as short-circuiting and corrosion in the post-upper decorative substrate 235.

  Further, in the rendering operation unit 220 of the dish unit 200, when the touch unit 220B having the touch panel 246 and the upper dish liquid crystal display device 244 is vibrated by the vibration device 242, a plurality of (two) touch units 220B are provided. Since it is attached to the unit case 231 of the mounting base unit 220A with the damper 222 interposed therebetween, the vibration of the touch unit 220B (vibration device 242) is absorbed and attenuated by the damper 222 and transmitted to the mounting base unit 220A. Thus, the vibration of the mounting base unit 220A can be reduced. Accordingly, when the touch unit 220B of the touch unit 220B is touch-operated, if the touch unit 220B is vibrated by the vibration device 242, only the touch unit 220B vibrates, so that the player can touch the touch panel of the touch unit 220B. The operation feeling of H.246 can be sufficiently provided, and the player can enjoy the touch operation of the touch panel 246 to suppress the interest from being lowered.

  Further, since the touch unit 220B can be vibrated by the vibration device 242, in addition to the operational feeling of the touch panel 246, the player is surprised by the vibration of the touch unit 220B, or the timing of operating the touch panel 246 is suggested. It is possible to entertain the operation effect by the touch panel 246 of the touch unit 220B and suppress the interest from deteriorating.

  Furthermore, since the touch unit 220B is supported from the lower side by the plurality of dampers 222, even if an impact or a load is applied to the touch unit 220B by hitting or pressing the touch unit 220B from the upper side, the damper 222 Since it is possible to absorb the impact, etc., it is possible to reduce the damage of the touch unit 220B, the mounting base unit 220A, etc. due to the impact, etc., and the game is interrupted by the damage of the touch unit 220B, etc. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the player's interest from deteriorating.

  Further, since the touch panel 246 is operated by the touch unit 220B, the player touches the touch panel 246 for a longer time than when the player presses the button. When the touch unit 220B is vibrated by the vibration device 242 when the 246 is touched, the vibration can be reliably transmitted to the player's finger (hand). Therefore, since the player can feel that the touch panel 246 is operated by vibrating the player's finger, a sufficient operational feeling can be given, and the player can enjoy operating the touch panel 246. Moreover, it is possible to suppress the interest from deteriorating.

  In addition, by changing the image displayed on the upper liquid crystal display device 244 of the touch unit 220B, the type of touch operation (button) can be easily changed, and it becomes possible to deal with various effects. It is possible to prevent the player from getting bored with a variety of performances and to reduce interest. Furthermore, since the touch unit 220B includes the touch panel 246, compared to the conventional push button, touch, tap (single tap, double tap), drag, flick, pinch (pinch out, pinch in), swipe, touch and touch Various operations such as holding can be performed. Thereby, more various operation effects can be performed, and it can suppress that a player is entertained and an interest falls.

  Further, the touch unit 220B is attached to the attachment base unit 220A (unit case 231) so as not to move upward and to move downward. The touch unit 220B is elastically (biased) by a plurality of dampers 222. Is pressed against the upper moving end, the touch unit 220B can be made difficult to move during the operation of the touch panel 246, and the operation of the touch panel 246 can be easily performed accurately. Further, since the touch unit 220B becomes difficult to move, it is possible to make the player think that the touch unit 220B does not move, and the touch unit 220B that was thought not to move does not vibrate according to the gaming state. The player can be surprised by vibrating with the device 242, and the player can be prevented from being entertained and the interest is reduced.

  In addition, since the touch unit 220B is vibrated by a plurality of vibration devices 242 separated from each other, for example, by driving the vibration device 242 at a position close to the part operated by the player on the touch panel 246, it is strong. Vibration can be transmitted. Therefore, when the player operates a position different from the position to be operated on the touch panel 246, the vibration transmitted to the player is different, so that the player is informed that the operation is wrong. It is possible to allow the player to perform a correct operation, and it is possible to entertain an operation effect using the touch panel 246 and suppress a decrease in interest.

  In addition, since a plurality of vibration devices 242 separated from each other are provided, a resonance phenomenon can be generated at an arbitrary position on the touch panel 246 by appropriately controlling the frequency and intensity of vibration of each vibration device 242. Can do. Therefore, by controlling each vibration device 242 so that a resonance phenomenon occurs at an arbitrary position operated by the player, it is possible to give a further operational feeling or greatly surprise the player, It is possible to prevent the entertainment from deteriorating by delighting the player.

  Further, when the touch unit 220B is hit from the upper side or strongly pressed and an impact or a load acts on the touch unit 220B, the left and right ends of the touch unit 220B are attached to the unit case 231 with the damper 222 interposed therebetween. For this reason, the shock from the upper side or the like can be absorbed (attenuated) to some extent by the bending of the damper 222 and the touch unit 220B and transmitted to the unit case 231 side. Further, on the unit case 231 side, since the outer edge of the unit case 231 is attached to the lower mounting base 230, an impact or load from the touch unit 220 </ b> B side via the unit case 231 is applied to the mounting base 230. Can be widely dispersed and transmitted. At this time, the outer peripheral wall of the receiving projection 231e projecting downward from the lower surface of the unit case 231 and the cylindrical receiving portion 230c in which the receiving projection 231e is inserted on the bottom surface of the attachment side receiving portion 230a of the attachment base 230. Since a gap is formed between the inner peripheral wall and the unit case 231 bends downward due to an impact or load from the touch unit 220B, the receiving projection 231e and the cylindrical receiving portion 230c come into contact with each other. Thus, an impact or the like is transmitted from the unit case 231 to the mounting base 230, and the impact or the like is transmitted to the mounting base 230 in a state further attenuated by the bending of the unit case 231. Since the outer peripheral wall of the receiving projection 231e and the inner peripheral wall of the cylindrical receiving portion 230c are narrowed downward, when the receiving protruding portion 231e and the cylindrical receiving portion 230c come into contact with each other, the receiving projection 231e (unit case) 231) The impact, load, etc. from the side are transmitted in an oblique direction with respect to the bottom surface of the mounting side receiving portion 230a of the mounting base 230, and the direction perpendicular to the bottom surface of the mounting side receiving portion 230a of the mounting base 230 and along the bottom surface. As a result, the force in the direction perpendicular to the bottom surface (downward) that causes the mounting base 230 to bend is reduced and transmitted to the mounting base 230 side. Therefore, even if the touch unit 220B is hit from the upper side or strongly pressed, the impacts and the like can be effectively attenuated by the plurality of dampers 222, the unit case 231, and the mounting base 230. The attachment base unit 220A can be prevented from being damaged.

[3-2. Foul cover unit]
The foul cover unit 520 of the door frame 3 will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 54 to 56. FIG. 54A is a perspective view of the door frame foul cover unit as viewed from the front, and FIG. 54B is a perspective view of the foul cover unit as viewed from the back. FIG. 55A is an exploded perspective view of the foul cover unit viewed from the front with the lid member removed, and FIG. 55B is an exploded perspective view of the foul cover unit viewed from the rear with the lid member removed. FIG. 56 is a front view of the foul cover unit with the lid member removed.

  As shown in the figure, the foul cover unit 520 of the present embodiment is attached to the rear side of the door frame base unit 100 and is attached to the front side of the unit main body 522 and a shallow box-like unit main body 522 that is open on the front side. A flat lid member 524. The foul cover unit 520 penetrates back and forth in the upper left corner of the front view and passes through the normal guide path 861 of the lower full ball path unit 860 of the main body frame 4 and the upper dish ball supply port 210a of the dish unit 200. A full sphere receiving port 528 that opens toward the rear on the right side of the front sphere passage 526 in the front view and communicates with the full guide path 862 of the lower full sphere route unit 860 of the main body frame 4; It has.

  Further, the foul cover unit 520 is opened upward on the right side of the full ball receiving port 528 when viewed from the front, and does not reach the game area 5a despite being fired by the ball launcher 680 of the main body frame 4. A foul ball receiving port 530 for receiving a game ball (foul ball), and a game ball received in the full tank receiving port 528 and the foul ball receiving port 530 that are opened forward in the lower right corner when viewed from the front are released. And a ball discharge port 532 communicating with the lower plate ball supply port 210c of the plate unit 200.

  Further, the foul cover unit 520 is formed between the full ball receiving port 528 and the foul ball receiving port 530 and the ball discharge port 532 by the unit main body 522 and the lid member 524, and stores a predetermined amount of game balls. A storage passage 533 having a possible width, a plate-shaped movable piece 534 constituting a part of the inner wall of the storage passage 533 and having a lower end rotatably attached to the unit main body 522, and a movable A full tank detection sensor 535 that detects the rotation of the piece 534 away from the storage passage 533 and a spring 536 that biases the movable piece 534 toward the center of the storage passage 533 are provided.

  The foul cover unit 520 has a certain amount in the storage passage 533 when the lower tray 202 of the tray unit 200 is filled with game balls and the game balls are not released from the ball discharge port 532 to the lower plate 202 side. The number of game balls can be stored. When a certain number of game balls are stored in the storage passage 533, the movable piece 534 rotates so that the upper end of the movable piece 534 moves away from the storage passage 533 due to the weight of the game ball, The rotation is detected by a full tank detection sensor 535. Thereby, since it can be determined that the lower tray 202 is full of game balls, when full tank detection is detected by the full tank detection sensor 535, payout of further game balls is stopped, This can be notified to a player, a staff member of the game hall, or the like, and can be urged to eliminate the full tank of the lower plate 202.

  The foul cover unit 520 is attached to the rear side of the unit main body 522 and below the through ball passage 526, and the guide path opening / closing door of the lower full ball path unit 860 in the payout unit 800 described later of the main body frame 4. A door opening / closing contact portion 537 with which the operation protrusion 863e of 863 can contact is provided (see FIG. 79). The door opening / closing contact portion 537 is inclined so that the rear surface moves forward as it goes downward. The door opening / closing contact portion 537 is formed so that when the door frame 3 is closed with respect to the main body frame 4, the operation protrusion 863 e of the guideway door member 863 contacts. When the operating projection 863e of the guide path opening / closing section 863 contacts the door opening / closing contact section 537, the guide path door member 863 rotates and the downstream ends of the normal guide path 861 and the full tank guide path 862 (front opening). ) Can be opened.

[4. Overall structure of main frame]
The main body frame 4 in the pachinko machine 1 of the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 57 to 60. 57 is a perspective view of the main body frame viewed from the front, and FIG. 58 is a perspective view of the main body frame viewed from the rear. FIG. 59 is an exploded perspective view of the main body frame exploded for each main member and viewed from the front, and FIG. 60 is an exploded perspective view of the main body frame exploded for each main member and viewed from the rear. As shown in the figure, the main body frame 4 of the present embodiment is formed in a box shape with the front opened, and the game board 5 is detachably accommodated therein. The main body frame 4 is attached to the frame-like outer frame 2 attached to the island equipment of the game hall at the top and bottom of the front left side front end so as to be openable and closable, and the door frame 3 is closed so that the opened front side is closed. It is attached so that it can be opened and closed.

  The main body frame 4 of the present embodiment includes a frame-shaped main body frame base 600 that can be partially inserted into the frame of the outer frame 2 and can support the outer periphery of the game board 5, and the main body frame base 600. Attached to both the upper and lower ends on the left side of the front view and rotatably attached to the outer frame side upper hinge member 60 and the outer frame side lower hinge member 70 of the outer frame 2, and the door frame side upper hinge member 140 and the door frame of the door frame 3 respectively. A main body frame side upper hinge member 620 and a main body frame side lower hinge member 640 to which the lower side hinge member 150 is rotatably attached, respectively, and a reinforcing frame 660 attached to the left side surface of the main body frame base 600 when viewed from the front. .

  The main body frame 4 is attached to the lower portion of the front surface of the main body frame base 600, and a ball launcher 680 for driving a game ball into the game area 5a of the game board 5; A locking unit 700 that locks between the outer frame 2 and the main body frame 4 and between the door frame 3 and the main body frame 4 is attached to the rear side along the front side and the left side of the main body frame base 600. An inverted L-shaped payout unit 800 for paying out a game ball to the player side, a substrate unit 900 attached to the lower rear surface of the main body frame base 600, and a main body attached to the rear side of the main body frame base 600 so as to be opened and closed. And a back cover 980 that covers the rear side of the game board 5 attached to the frame base 600.

[4-1. Body frame base]
As shown in FIGS. 57 to 60, the main body frame base 600 of the main body frame 4 in the present embodiment is formed in a rectangular shape whose front view extends vertically. The main body frame base 600 penetrates back and forth within a range of about 3/4 of the total height from a position slightly below the upper end, and a game board insertion slot 601 into which the game board 5 is inserted from the front side, A game board placement part 602 that forms the lower side of the board insertion slot 601 and on which the game board 5 is placed, and protrudes upward from the center in the left-right direction of the game board placement part 602 and is located at the left and right of the lower end of the game board 5 And a game board restricting portion 603 for restricting rearward movement.

  Further, the main body frame 4 includes a launching device mounting portion 604 for mounting a ball launching device 680 formed on the lower right side of the game board mounting portion 602 as viewed from the front, and a front-rear side of the launching device mounting portion 604 on the right side when viewed from the front. And the cylinder insertion port 605 through which the key cylinder 710 of the locking unit 700 is inserted and the bass speaker of the board unit 900 that penetrates back and forth from the left and right center of the game board mounting portion 602 to the lower left side. And a circular speaker opening 607 that penetrates forward and backward on the lower left side in front view of the game board mounting portion 602 and faces the speaker unit 920 in the board unit 900 to the front. And.

  Furthermore, the main body frame 4 extends in a plate shape from the right side of the game board insertion slot 601 to the rear, and the locking unit 700 is attached to the right side, and the back cover 980 is attached to the rear end to be rotatable. The rear extension part 608 is provided. The main body frame 4 is formed in the vicinity of the upper and lower ends at the left end of the front view on the rear surface, and an upper hinge mounting portion 609 and a lower hinge for mounting the main body frame side upper hinge member 620 and the main body frame side lower hinge member 640. A mounting portion 610 is provided.

  Further, the main body frame 4 is attached to an opening cover 615 that closes the connection opening 606 so as to be opened and closed, and to be pivoted to a position slightly below the left side of the front and right center of the game board mounting portion 602, And a game board lock member 616 capable of restricting the forward movement of the game board 5 inserted through the game board insertion port 601.

[4-2. Main body frame side upper hinge member and main body frame side lower hinge member]
The main body frame side upper hinge member 620 and the main body frame side lower hinge member 640 of the main body frame 4 in the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 46 to 49. The main body frame side upper hinge member 620 and the main body frame side lower hinge member 640 are attached to the upper hinge attaching portion 609 and the lower hinge attaching portion 610 of the main body frame 4.

  The main body frame side upper hinge member 620 includes an upper hinge main body 621 in which a rear portion of a flat plate member extending horizontally is bent downward in an L-shape, and projects upward in a cylindrical shape from the front end of the upper hinge main body 621. The main body frame upper hinge pin 622 that is pivotally supported by the cage outer frame side upper hinge member 60 and the upper hinge main body 621 pass through the left side of the main body frame upper hinge pin 622 when viewed from the front, and the door frame side upper hinge member 140 is pivotally supported. And an upper hinge hole 623 for the door frame. The main body frame side upper hinge member 620 is attached to the upper hinge attachment portion 609 of the main body frame 4 at a portion bent downward in the upper hinge main body 621.

  The main body frame side lower hinge member 640 penetrates vertically at the front end of the lower hinge first main body 641 and the lower hinge first main body 641 in which the rear portion of the horizontally extending flat plate member is bent upward in an L shape. A lower hinge hole for outer frame (not shown) pivotally supported by the outer frame side lower hinge member 70 of the outer frame 2 and a horizontally extending flat plate disposed above the lower hinge first main body 641 The rear part of the plate-like plate material is bent upward in an L shape and penetrates the lower hinge second main body 643 and the front end of the lower hinge second main body 643 up and down, and the door frame side lower hinge member 150 of the door frame 3 is passed through. A door frame lower hinge hole 644 for axial support, and a door frame extending upward from the left end on the rear side of the door frame lower hinge hole 644 in the horizontally extending portion of the lower hinge second main body 643. And a regulating piece 645 for regulating the rotation range of 3. .

  The lower hinge second body 643 is configured such that a horizontally extending portion is spaced upward from a portion of the lower hinge first main body 641 that extends horizontally, and a portion bent upward is a lower hinge first body. It is in contact with the front surface of the portion bent upward of the main body 641. The main body side lower hinge member 640 is attached to the lower hinge attaching portion 610 of the main body frame 4 at a portion bent upward from the lower hinge first main body 641 and the lower hinge second main body 643.

[4-3. Reinforcement frame]
The reinforcing frame 660 of the main body frame 4 in the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 46 to 49. The reinforcing frame 660 is attached to the left side surface of the main body frame base 600. The reinforcing frame 660 has a U-shaped cross-sectional shape in plan view with an open right side, and extends vertically with a constant cross-sectional shape. Further, the reinforcing frame 660 restricts the game board 5 inserted into the game board insertion slot 601 of the main body frame base 600 from moving forward and downward behind the portion extending rightward from the front end. A set of left positioning members 661 are attached so as to be spaced apart from each other in the vertical direction.

  The reinforcement frame 660 can reinforce the hinge side (left side in front view) of the main body frame base 600 and enter the main body frame 4 (game board 5) from the left side passing between the outer frame 2 and the main body frame 4. It is possible to prevent unauthorized insertion of tools.

[4-4. Ball launcher]
The ball launcher 680 of the main body frame 4 in the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 57, 59 and 60. FIG. The ball launcher 680 is a device for driving a game ball stored in the upper plate 201 of the tray unit 200 into the game area 5 a of the game board 5 attached to the main body frame 4. In the ball launching device 680, the game ball driving strength changes according to the rotation angle of the handle lever 504 of the handle unit 500 at the lower right front corner of the door frame 3.

  The ball launching device 680 is attached to the rear launching surface 681 of the flat plate-like launching base 681 attached to the launching device attaching portion 604 of the main body frame base 600 and the launching base 681 on the rear surface in the front view. A firing solenoid 682 consisting of a rotary solenoid penetrating and extending forward, a ball striking rod 683 having a base end attached to the rotation shaft of the firing solenoid 682, and a slanting upper left extension from the vicinity of the tip of the ball striking rod 683 And a launch rail 684 attached to the front surface of the launch base 681 and capable of rolling a game ball.

  In this ball launcher 680, a game ball is supplied from the ball feed unit 540 of the door frame 3 to the upper right end of the launch rail 684, and a game ball is supplied to the upper right end of the launch rail 684. When the handle lever 504 is turned, the firing solenoid 682 is driven with the strength corresponding to the turning angle, and the game ball is hit by the hitting ball 683. Then, the game ball hit by the hit ball 683 is guided to the outer rail 1001 and the inner rail 1002 of the game board 5 through the launch rail 684 and is driven into the game area 5a.

  If the hit game ball does not reach the game area 5a due to the strength of the game ball, the space between the launch rail 684 and the game board 5 (the outer rail 1001 and the inner rail 1002). From the lower foul cover unit 520 to the foul ball receiving port 530, passes through the foul cover unit 520, and is discharged to the lower plate 202.

[4-5. Locking unit]
The locking unit 700 of the main body frame 4 in the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. The locking unit 700 of this embodiment is attached to the main body frame 4 and can lock between the main body frame 4 and the door frame 3 and between the main body frame 4 and the outer frame 2. The locking unit 700 is attached to the right side surface of the rear extension 608 of the main body frame base 600 and extends vertically. The locking unit 700 protrudes forward from the unit base 701 and can be locked to the door frame 3. A door frame ridge 702, a plurality of outer frame ridges 703 protruding rearward from the unit base 701 and lockable to the outer frame 2, and a columnar shape protruding forward from the lower part of the unit base 701 from the front side And a key cylinder 710 that unlocks either the door frame hook 702 or the outer frame hook 703 according to the rotation direction of the inserted unlocking key.

[4-6. Dispensing unit]
The payout unit 800 of the main body frame 4 in the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 61 to 72. 61 is a perspective view of the payout unit as seen from the front, and FIG. 62 is a perspective view of the payout unit as seen from behind. FIG. 63 is an exploded perspective view of the payout unit as viewed from the front after being disassembled for each main structure, and FIG. 64 is an exploded perspective view of the payout unit as viewed from the back after being disassembled as the main structure. FIG. 65 (a) is a perspective view of the ball guiding unit of the payout unit viewed from the front, and FIG. 65 (b) is a perspective view of the ball guiding unit viewed from the back. FIG. 66 is an exploded perspective view of the ball guiding unit. FIG. 67 (a) is a perspective view of the payout unit of the payout unit as seen from the front, and FIG. 67 (b) is a perspective view of the payout device as seen from behind. FIG. 68 is an exploded perspective view of the dispensing device as seen from the front, and FIG. 69 is an exploded perspective view of the dispensing device as seen from the back. Further, FIG. 70A is a front view of the dispensing device, and FIG. 70B is a cross-sectional view taken along line EE in FIG. FIG. 71 (a) is an explanatory view showing a state in which the ball removal passage is closed by the ball removal movable piece in the dispensing device, and (b) is an illustration showing a state in which the ball removal passage is opened by the ball removal movable piece. It is. FIG. 72 is an explanatory view showing, in an enlarged manner, a portion of a payout blade in the payout device.

  FIG. 73 (a) is a perspective view of the upper full ball path unit in the payout unit as seen from the front, and FIG. 73 (b) is a perspective view of the upper full ball path unit as seen from the back. FIG. 74 (a) is an exploded perspective view of the upper full sphere path unit disassembled and viewed from the front, and FIG. 74 (b) is an exploded perspective view of the upper full sphere path unit disassembled and viewed from the rear. is there. FIG. 75A is a perspective view of the lower full sphere path unit in the payout unit as viewed from the front, and FIG. 75B is a perspective view of the lower full sphere path unit as viewed from the rear. FIG. 76 is an exploded perspective view of the lower full sphere path unit disassembled and viewed from the front, and FIG. 77 is an exploded perspective view of the lower full sphere path unit disassembled and viewed from the rear. Further, FIG. 78 (a) is an explanatory view showing a state where the guideway opening / closing door is closed in the lower full sphere path unit, and FIG. 78 (b) is an explanatory view showing a state where the guideway opening / closing door is opened. . FIG. 79 is an explanatory view showing the relationship between the foul cover unit of the door frame and the lower full ball path unit. FIG. 80 is an explanatory diagram showing the flow of game balls in the payout unit.

  As shown in FIG. 61 and FIG. 62, the payout unit 800 of this embodiment is attached to the upper side of the payout unit base 801 and an inverted L-shaped payout unit base 801 attached to the rear side of the main body frame base 600. The tank tank 802 stores a game ball supplied from an island facility of a game hall (not shown) in a box shape that is open to the left and right and is attached to the payout unit base 801 below the ball tank 802. And a tank rail 803 extending to the left and right for guiding the game ball in the cage ball tank 802 leftward as viewed from the front. In the tank rail 803, the game balls are guided to the left, and are aligned in two rows by a ball leveling member 804 (see FIG. 80) that hangs down from above.

  The payout unit 800 is attached to the rear surface of the payout unit base 801 on the upper left side when viewed from the front, and guides a game ball from the tank rail 803 downward in a meandering manner, and below the ball guide unit 820. A payout device 830 that is detachably attached to the payout unit base 801 and that pays out the game balls guided by the ball guide unit 820 one by one based on an instruction from the payout control board 951 housed in the payout control board box 950. And. From the tank rail 803 to the payout device 830, game balls circulate in two rows, and from the payout device 830, game balls are paid out one by one.

  Further, the payout unit 800 is attached to the rear surface of the payout unit base 801 and guides the game balls paid out by the payout device 830 downward, and the game balls according to the storage state of the game balls on the upper plate 201 in the plate unit 200. Is discharged from either the normal discharge port 850d or the full tank discharge port 850e, and is discharged from the normal discharge port 850d of the upper full ball path unit 850 attached to the lower end of the dispensing unit base 801. A normal guiding path 861 for guiding the game ball forward from the front end to the through-ball passage 526 of the door frame 3, and guiding the game ball released from the full tank discharge port 850e forward to the door frame 3 from the front end. The full tank guide path 862 for guiding to the full tank ball receiving port 530, and the front end openings of the normal guide path 861 and the full tank guide path 862 are arranged in the body frame And a, a lower full sphere path unit 860 having a taxiway door 863 to be opened or closed in response to opening and closing of the door frame 3 against.

[4-6a. Ball guidance unit]
The ball guiding unit 820 of the payout unit 800 in this embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 65 and 66. FIG. The ball guiding unit 820 includes a box-shaped front case 821 that extends vertically and has a rear side open, a box-shaped rear case 822 that is attached to the rear side of the front case 821 and has a front side open, and a front case 821 and the rear case 822, a flat partition plate 823 that partitions the front case 821 and the rear case 822, and the front and rear ends passing through the partition plate 823 to the front case 821 and the rear race 822. A rod-shaped shaft member 824 that is attached, and a pair of movable piece member front 825 and a movable piece member rear 826 that are rotatably attached by the shaft member 824 and are disposed in the front case and the rear case, respectively. The ball breakage detection sensor 827 is mounted in the front case 821 and can detect the rotational position of the pair of movable piece member front 825 and the movable piece member rear 826.

  The front case 821 has a ball guide inlet 821a that is open at the upper part of the right side so that a game ball can pass therethrough, and a ball guide outlet that opens at a position to the right of the bottom center in the left-right direction so that the game ball can pass through. 821b, and a ball guide inlet 821a and a ball guide outlet 821b are connected to each other, and a guide passage 821c through which a game ball can flow is provided. The guide passage 821c includes an introduction portion 821d that extends obliquely from the ball guide entrance 821a to the vicinity of the left end at a small angle with respect to the horizontal, and a center of height along the left side of the front case 821 from the introduction portion 821d. The detection portion 821e extends straight down to the vicinity, and the meandering portion 821f extending in a meandering manner from the detection portion 821d to the left and right widths of the front case 821. Further, the front case 821 includes a notch 821g on the right side wall of the detection portion 821e in the guide passage 821c.

  The rear case 822 includes a ball guide inlet 822a that is open at the upper part of the right side so that a game ball can pass therethrough, and a ball guide outlet that is opened at a position to the right of the bottom center in the left-right direction so that the game ball can pass through. 822b, a ball guide inlet 822a and a ball guide outlet 822b, and a guide passage 822c through which a game ball can flow. The guide passage 822c includes an introduction portion 822d that extends obliquely from the ball guide entrance 822a to the vicinity of the left end at a small angle with respect to the horizontal, and a center of height along the left side of the rear case 822 from the introduction portion 822d. The detection unit 822e extends straight down to the vicinity, and the meandering unit 822f extends in a meandering manner from the detection unit 822d to the left and right widths of the rear case 822. The rear case 822 includes a notch 822g on the right side wall of the detection unit 822e in the guide passage 822c.

  The rear case 822 is formed substantially symmetrically to the left and right with respect to the front case 821, and is formed so that the guide passage 821c and the guide passage 822c coincide with each other in a state where the ball guide unit 820 is assembled. Yes.

  The shaft member 824 has front and rear ends attached to positions below the upper ends of the notches 821g and 822g in the front case 821 and the rear case 822 and outside the guide passages 821c and 822c.

  The movable piece member front 825 includes a flat plate-like movable piece 825a extending vertically, a shaft hole 825b penetrating forward and backward at the upper end of the right side surface of the movable piece 825a, and the movable piece 825a. An extension portion 825c extending rightward from the upper end of the movable piece 825a at a right angle to the right surface of the movable piece 825a, and connecting the extension portion 825c and the movable piece 825a, extends in a fan shape around the shaft hole 825b. A connecting portion 825d, a weight attaching portion 825e that protrudes outward from the vicinity of the center of the outer periphery of the connecting portion 825d and the upper portion of the connecting portion 825d, and has a through-hole penetrating in the front-rear direction, and an extending portion 825c A detection piece 825f that extends outward from the right-hand tip and can be detected by the ball breakage detection sensor 827, and a flat extension outward from a position near the movable piece 825a on the outer periphery of the connecting portion 825d. Is provided with a stopper piece 825g, the.

  When the movable piece member front 825 passes the shaft member 824 through the shaft hole 825b, the weight attaching portion 825e protruding from the outer periphery of the connecting portion 825d is rotated by its own weight so as to be positioned immediately below the shaft hole 825b. The movable piece 825a extends obliquely downward from the shaft hole 825b. Therefore, in the assembled state of the ball guiding unit 820, the connecting portion 825d is inserted into the notch portion 821g of the front case 821, the lower end of the movable piece 825a protrudes into the guiding passage 821c, and the stopper piece 825g It will be in the state contact | abutted to the outer wall of the guidance channel | path 821c (detection part 821e). When the stopper piece 825g abuts against the outer wall of the guide passage 821c, the lower end of the movable piece 825a is restricted from rotating further in the direction protruding into the guide passage 821c (left direction in front view). Further, when the movable piece member front 825 rotates the lower end of the movable piece 825a in a direction approaching the wall of the guide passage 821c (right direction in front view), the left side surface of the movable piece 825a becomes the guide passage 821c. It matches the inner surface. In this state, the detection piece 825f in front of the movable piece member 825 is in a non-detection state with respect to the ball breakage detection sensor 827. That is, when there is a game ball in the guide passage 821c, the ball break detection sensor 827 is not detected.

  The movable piece member rear 826 includes a flat plate-like movable piece 826a extending vertically, a shaft hole 826b penetrating forward and rearward at the upper end of the right surface of the movable piece 826a, and a movable piece 826a. The extension portion 826c extending rightward from the upper end of the movable piece 826a at right angles to the right surface of the movable piece 826a, and the extension portion 826c and the movable piece 826a are connected to each other and extend in a fan shape around the shaft hole 826b. A connecting portion 826d, a weight attaching portion 826e having a through hole that protrudes outward from the vicinity of the center of the outer periphery of the connecting portion 826d and the upper portion of the extending portion 826c, and a through hole extending in the front-rear direction, The detection piece 826f that extends outward from the right end to the outside and can be detected by the ball breakage detection sensor 827, and extends from the position near the movable piece 826a on the outer periphery of the connecting portion 826d to the outside in the form of a flat plate. Is provided with a stopper piece 826g, the.

  When the movable piece member rear 826 passes the shaft member 824 through the shaft hole 826b, the weight attaching portion 826e protruding from the outer periphery of the connecting portion 826d is rotated by its own weight so as to be positioned immediately below the shaft hole 826b. Then, the movable piece 826a extends obliquely downward from the portion of the shaft hole 826b. Therefore, in the assembled state of the ball guiding unit 820, the connecting portion 826d is inserted into the notch 822g of the rear case 822, and the lower end of the movable piece 826a protrudes into the guiding passage 822c, and the stopper piece 826g It will be in the state contact | abutted to the outer wall of the guidance path 822c (detection part 822e). When the stopper piece 826g abuts against the outer wall of the guide passage 822c, the lower end of the movable piece 826a is restricted from further rotating in the direction protruding into the guide passage 822c (left direction in front view). In addition, when the movable piece member front 826 rotates the lower end of the movable piece 826a in a direction approaching the wall of the guide passage 822c (right direction in front view), the left side surface of the movable piece 826a is moved toward the guide passage 822c. It matches the inner surface. In this state, the detection piece 826f in front of the movable piece member 826 is in a non-detection state with respect to the ball breakage detection sensor 827. That is, when there is a game ball in the guide passage 822c, the ball break detection sensor 827 is not detected.

  The ball guiding unit 820 of the present embodiment is supplied with a plurality of game balls arranged in a line in the front and rear directions by the tank rail 803, and the front case 821 and the rear case in a state where the plurality of game balls are arranged in a line. By 822, it is possible to guide to the lower dispensing device 830 in two rows in the front-rear direction (see FIG. 80). At this time, since the front case 821 and the rear case 822 are partitioned by the partition plate 823, the game balls flowing through the respective guide passages 821c and 822c do not interfere with each other and flow well. Can do.

  Further, when the game ball flows through the guide passages 821c and 822c of the ball guide unit 820, the game ball comes into contact with the movable pieces 825a and 826a of the movable piece member front 825 and the movable piece member rear 826, and the movable pieces 825a and 826a are moved. The movable piece member front 825 and the movable piece member rear 826 rotate in a direction coinciding with the wall surfaces of the guide passages 821c and 822c. Thereby, the detection pieces 825f and 826f before the movable piece member 825 and the detection piece 825f and 826f after the movable piece member 826 are in a non-detection state with respect to the ball break detection sensor 827, and it can be seen that there is a game ball in the guide passages 821c and 822c.

  When the game ball is paid out by the payout device 830 on the downstream side of the ball guidance unit 820, the game balls in the guide passages 821c and 822c flow downstream. When a game ball flows through the guide passages 821c and 822c, the momentum of the game ball flowing through the introduction portions 821d and 822d is increased, and the game ball flowing through the introduction portions 821d and 822d is movable pieces above the detection portions 821e and 822e. It bounces back to the side of 825a, 826a and comes into contact with the movable pieces 825a, 826a. Since the movable pieces 825a and 826a vibrate due to the abutment of the game ball, the movable pieces 825a and 826a vibrate between the movable pieces 825a and 826a and the notches 821g and 822g of the guide passages 821c and 822c. It is possible to remove dust, dirt, and the like, and the movable pieces 825 and 826a can be favorably rotated by their own weight or the like.

  In addition, the ball guiding unit 820 detects the game balls flowing through the respective guide passages 821c and 822c by the separate movable piece member front 825 and the movable piece member 826, respectively, and the movable piece member front 825 and the movable piece member 825 are movable. Since each of the detection pieces 825f and 826f after the single member 826 is detected by one single ball break detection sensor 827, when there is no game ball in any of the guide passages 821c and 822c, the front of the movable piece 825 Alternatively, the movable pieces 825a and 826a of the movable piece rear 826 are rotated so as to protrude into the guide passages 821c and 822c, and the detection pieces 825f and 826f on the side where the game ball is lost are detected by the ball break detection sensor 827. . Therefore, since it is possible to detect a shortage of the game ball at an early stage, it is possible to quickly replenish the game ball and shorten the time when the game is interrupted as much as possible, thereby reducing the interest of the player. Can be suppressed.

  Further, the weight of the movable piece member front 825, the movable piece member rear 826, and the weight is obtained by screwing and attaching a metal screw as a weight to the weight attaching portions 825e, 826e of the movable piece member front 825 and the movable piece member rear 826. Thus, the lower ends of the movable pieces 825a and 826a can be easily rotated in the direction of protruding into the guide passages 821c and 822c. Further, since the upper ends of the movable pieces 825a and 826a are rotatably attached to the outside of the guide passages 821c and 822c, and the lower end side protrudes into the guide passages 821c and 822c, the dust in the guide passages 821c and 822c. And dust do not adhere to the upper and lower ends of the movable pieces 825a and 826a. Therefore, even if the movable pieces 825a and 826a rotate to the wall side of the guide passages 821c and 822c, dust, dust, or the like does not bite between the lower ends of the movable pieces 825a and 826a and the wall. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of a problem that the movable pieces 825a and 826a do not rotate.

  As described above, the ball guiding unit 820 of the present embodiment has the movable piece front 825 and the movable pieces 825a and 826a behind the movable piece member 826 projecting into the guide passages 821c and 822c through which the game balls flow due to their own weight. By attaching a weight made of a metal screw to the weight attaching portions 825e and 826e on the opposite side of the surface that comes into contact with the game ball, the movable piece 825a can be changed depending on the weight of the movable piece member 825 and the movable piece member 826 by its own weight and the weight. 826a can be easily rotated (protruded) into the guide passages 821c and 822c. In addition, since the upper ends of the movable pieces 825a and 826a are rotatably attached to the outside of the guide passage 822c and the lower end side protrudes into the guide passages 821c and 822c, dust and dirt in the guide passages 821c and 822c can be obtained. Or the like does not adhere to the upper and lower ends of the movable pieces 825a and 826a. Therefore, even if the movable pieces 825a and 826a rotate to the wall side of the guide passages 821c and 822c, dust, dust, or the like does not bite between the lower ends of the movable pieces 825a and 826a and the wall. The movable pieces 825a and 826 (the movable piece member front 825 and the movable piece member rear 826) can be prevented from rotating.

  Further, since the metal screw as the weight is screwed into and attached to the weight attaching portions 825e and 826e formed as the through holes, the weight is not affected even if the movable piece member front 825 and the movable piece member rear 826 are rotated frequently. The movable piece member front 825 and the movable piece member rear 826 (the weight attaching portions 825e and 826e) are not detached from each other, and the movable piece member front 825 and the movable piece member rear 826 can be maintained in a good state for a long time. . Moreover, since the weight can be easily attached to the movable piece member front 825 and the movable piece member rear 826 simply by screwing the metal screw into the weight attachment portions 825e and 826e, the labor for attaching the weight can be simplified. The cost associated with the assembly of the pachinko machine 1 can be reduced.

  Further, the guide passages 821c and 822c are provided with an introduction portion 822d for guiding the game ball toward the movable pieces 825a and 825c on the upstream side of the portion where the movable pieces 825a and 825c protrude to the inside. As the game ball flows in the passages 821c and 822c, the game ball comes into contact with the movable pieces 825a and 826a. Therefore, the movable pieces 825a and 826a can be vibrated by the contact of the game balls. Accordingly, the vibrations of the movable pieces 825a and 826a can remove dust or dirt that is sandwiched or invaded between the movable pieces 825a and 826a and the walls of the guide passages 821c and 822c. The front piece 825 and the rear piece 826 of the movable piece can be favorably rotated.

  Therefore, since the movable piece member front 825 and the movable piece member rear 826 can be rotated well, the state (presence / absence) of the game ball in the guide passages 821c and 822c can be detected reliably, and the game ball It is possible to suppress the occurrence of problems due to erroneous detection or the like. In addition, even if the game balls supplied to the payout device 830 disappear from the guide passages 821c and 822c, the presence or absence of the guide passages 821c and 822c can be reliably detected via the movable pieces 825a and 826a. The game ball can be replenished to the player, and the time at which the game is interrupted can be shortened as much as possible, thereby suppressing a decrease in the interest of the player.

[4-6b. Dispensing device]
A payout device 830 of the payout unit 800 in the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 67 to 72. The payout device 830 has a box shape with the rear side open, a payout entrance 831a that is open to allow the game ball to pass in the center in the left-right direction on the top surface, and an opening that allows the game ball to pass near the left end in front view on the bottom surface. A payout outlet 831b, a ball outlet 831c that is open so that a game ball can pass therethrough in the vicinity of the right end of the front view on the bottom surface, and a payout passage 831d through which the payout inlet 831a and the payout outlet 831b communicate with each other. , And a front box 831 having a ball discharge passage 831e which branches from the middle of the payout passage 831d and communicates with the ball discharge outlet 831c and through which game balls can flow, and is attached to the rear side of the front box 831. A box-like opening that is open at the front side, a payout entrance 832a that is open to allow the game ball to pass through in the center in the left-right direction on the top surface, and a game ball near the left end in front view on the bottom surface. A payout outlet 832b that is open to allow passage, a ball outlet 832c that is open so that a game ball can pass therethrough in the vicinity of the right end of the front view on the bottom surface, and a payout inlet 832a and a payout outlet 832b that are connected to each other. There is a possible payout path 832d, and a rear box 832 having a ball discharge path 832e that branches from the middle of the payout path 832d and communicates with the ball discharge outlet 832c and through which game balls can flow.

  The payout device 830 is attached to the front side of the front box 831 and has a shallow box-like front cover 833 that is open on the rear side, and is attached to the front box 831 so that the rotary shaft passes through the front box 831. The payout motor 834 extending into the front cover 833, the drive gear 835 attached to the rotating shaft of the payout motor 834, and the drive gear 835 meshing with the front box 831 and the front cover 833 are rotatable. A spur gear-shaped intermediate gear 836 attached to the intermediate gear 836, a driven gear 837 meshing with the intermediate gear 836, the driven gear 837 penetrates rotatably, the front end is attached to the front cover 833, and the rear A shaft member 838 whose end passes through the front box 831 and is attached to the rear box 832, and is rotatably attached through the shaft member 837, and the front box 831 and the rear box 832 are paid. Discharge vanes 839 that are disposed in the passages 831d and 832d and rotate integrally with the driven gear 837, and blade rotation detection sensors 840 that are attached between the front box 831 and the rear box 832 and detect the rotation of the discharge vanes 839. And.

  Further, the dispensing device 830 is attached between the front box 831 and the rear box 832, and has a flat partition plate 841 that partitions the dispensing path 831 d of the front box 831 and the dispensing path 832 d of the rear box 832, and the front box 831. And a rear box 832, a payout detection sensor 842 that detects a game ball discharged by the rotation of the payout vane 839 and discharged from the payout outlets 831 b and 832 b, payout passages 831 d and 832 d, and a ball discharge passage 831e and 832e are pivotally attached by a front box 831 and a rear box 832 at a portion where the ball extraction passage 831e and 832e can be closed. A ball removal lever 844 that is slidably attached to the upper part of the right side of the box 832 in a front view so that the ball removal movable piece 843 can be rotated or cannot be rotated; It is equipped with a.

  The payout passage 831d of the front box 831 extends obliquely to the lower right as viewed from the front so as to go from the payout inlet 831a to the ball outlet 831c, and is downward at a height of about 1/3 from the upper surface with respect to the total height of the front box 831. It bends so as to extend vertically and bends substantially horizontally to the left near the center of the total height, and then extends vertically downward again at about 1/3 of the left and right widths of the front box 831 from the left end. It is bent in a crank shape so as to be positioned immediately above the payout outlet 831b at a height of about 1/4 from the bottom with respect to the total height of the front box 831, and extends vertically to the payout outlet 831b. Dispensing vanes 839 are arranged in the portion of the dispensing passage 831d that is bent in a crank shape.

  On the other hand, the ball removal passage 831e further extends a portion extending obliquely from the discharge inlet 831a to the lower right in the discharge passage 831d, and is about 1/3 from the upper surface with respect to the total height of the front box 831. It branches off to the height near the center.

  Further, the front box 831 is formed at the upper part of the right side surface when viewed from the front, and a guide shelf 831f that protrudes rearward in a portion extending vertically toward the payout outlet 831b in the payout passage 831d. And a lever attachment portion 831g for attaching the ball release lever 844 so as to be slidable up and down.

  The payout passage 832d of the rear box 832 extends obliquely to the lower right in front view so as to go from the payout inlet 832a to the ball outlet 832c, and is downward at a height of about 1/3 from the upper surface with respect to the total height of the rear box 832. It bends so as to extend vertically to the left, and is bent so as to extend substantially horizontally to the left near the center of the total height, and then extends vertically downward again at about 1/3 from the left end with respect to the left and right widths of the rear box 832. It is bent in a crank shape and extends vertically to the payout outlet 832b so as to be positioned immediately above the payout outlet 832b at a height of about 1/4 of the total height of the rear box 832. Dispensing blades 839 are arranged at portions of the dispensing passage 832d that are bent in a crank shape.

  On the other hand, the ball discharge passage 832e further extends a portion of the discharge passage 832d that obliquely extends from the discharge inlet 832a to the lower right, and is approximately 1/3 from the upper surface with respect to the total height of the rear box 832. It branches off to the height near the center.

  Further, the rear box 832 is formed on the upper part of the right side surface when viewed from the front, and a guide shelf 832f that protrudes forward as it goes downward in a portion that extends vertically toward the payout outlet 832b in the payout passage 832d. And a lever attachment portion 832g for attaching the ball release lever 844 so as to be slidable up and down.

  The discharge passages 831d and 832d and the ball removal passages 831e and 832e of the front box 831 and the back box 832 are formed in the same shape. The payout passages 831d and 832d are partitioned by a partition plate 841 up to the upstream side of the portion where the payout vanes 839 are arranged. Further, a payout detection sensor 842 is attached between the guide shelves 831f and 832f and the payout outlets 831b and 832b. In other words, the game balls that have flowed through the payout passage 831d of the front box 831 and the game balls that have flowed through the payout passage 832d of the rear box 832 are moved forward and backward between the front box 831 and the rear box 832 by the respective guide shelves 831f and 832f. It is brought close to the boundary and detected by one payout detection sensor 842.

  The driven gear 837 is a spur gear-like gear portion 837a meshing with the intermediate gear 836, and projects radially from the rear surface of the gear portion 837a at an angular interval of 60 degrees, and can be detected by the blade rotation detection sensor 840. A plurality of detection pieces 837b, and a connecting portion 837c that protrudes in a cylindrical shape from the center of the gear portion 837a to the rear and has an unevenness on the peripheral surface of the rear end and can be connected to the discharge vane 839. .

  The discharge vane 839 extends in a cylindrical shape in the front and rear direction, and protrudes in a direction perpendicular to the axis of the base cylinder portion 839a from the front end of the base cylinder portion 839a at a constant interval from the front end of the base cylinder portion 839a. The plurality of (three) front blades 839b and the front blades 839b from the rear end of the base tube portion 839a are alternately projected in the direction perpendicular to the axis of the base tube portion 839a at regular intervals in the circumferential direction. 3) Rear blade 839c, and a connected portion that protrudes forward from the front end of the base cylindrical portion 839a in a cylindrical shape and has concavities and convexities that can be connected to the connecting portion 387c of the driven gear 837 on the peripheral surface of the front end. 839d.

  Three front blades 839b and three rear blades 839c of the discharge blade 839 are provided at intervals of 120 degrees in the circumferential direction, and the rear blades 839c are arranged around the front blades 839b so as to be staggered. It is offset outward at an angle of 60 degrees in the direction and extends outward. The payout blade 839 of the present embodiment is connected by a circular arc that is recessed toward the center between the three front blades 839b (rear blades 839c), and the diameter of the circular arc is the same as or slightly larger than the diameter of the game ball. Thereby, between the front blades 839b (rear blades 839c), a ball housing portion 839e capable of housing only one game ball is formed.

  Further, the three front blades 839b and the rear blades 839c are formed such that the outer diameter D1 of the base cylinder portion 839a is 1 to 1.4 times the outer diameter of the game ball. Further, the diameter D2 around the axis of the base cylinder portion 839a up to the portion closest to the axis of the base cylinder portion 839a in the arc portion (sphere housing portion 839e) between the front blades 839b (rear blade 839c). Is formed approximately 0.3 to 0.4 times the outer diameter of the game ball (see FIG. 72). That is, the depth [(diameter D1−diameter D2) / 2] from the outer periphery of the front blade 839b and the rear blade 839c to the most recessed portion of the ball housing portion 839e is 0.1-0. It is supposed to be 4 times.

  Therefore, it is possible to hold about 3/10 (between 1/4 and 1/3) of the outer periphery of the game ball by the arc portion (the ball housing portion 839e) between the front blades 839b (the rear blades 839c). it can. In other words, a depth of about 1/5 (1/7 to 1/4) of the outer diameter of the game ball can be accommodated. Thereby, the game balls in the payout passages 831d and 832d can be quickly accommodated between the front blades 839b (rear blades 839c) (the ball housing portion 839e).

  With the dispensing blade 839 of the present embodiment, the front blade 839b is located in the dispensing passage 831d of the front box 831 and the rear blade 839c is located in the dispensing passage 832d of the rear box 832 in a state where the dispensing device 830 is assembled. The game balls in the payout paths 831d and 832d can be paid out, respectively. Further, the payout vanes 839 are arranged at portions of the payout passages 831d and 832d that are bent in a crank shape below the center of the total height of the front box 821 and the rear box 832. Specifically, in the payout passages 831d and 832d, the center of rotation of the payout vane 839 is located immediately below a portion extending vertically downward from near the center of the total height of the front box 821 and the rear box 832. In the portion of the discharge passages 831d and 832d that are bent in a crank shape, the wall (inner wall) on the side far from the discharge blade 839 is centered on the rotation center of the discharge blade 839, and from the outer periphery of the front blade 839b and the rear blade 839c. It is formed in a circular arc shape separated by a distance S smaller than the outer diameter of the game ball (see FIG. 61). In the present embodiment, the distance S is 0.7 to 0.9 times the outer diameter of the game ball. In other words, the distance from the most recessed portion of the ball housing portion 839e to the arc-shaped portions of the payout passages 831d and 832d is 1.03 to 1.1 times the outer diameter of the game ball. .

  As a result, the payout device 830 can pass through the portion bent in the crank shape of the payout passages 831d and 832d when the game ball flowing down on the payout blade 839 contacts the outer periphery of the front blades 839b and 839c. Therefore, it is not discharged downward from the payout outlets 831b and 832b. On the other hand, when the game ball is accommodated in the ball accommodating portion 839e, the game ball moves along with the rotation of the payout blade 839, and can pass through the portion bent in the crank shape of the payout passages 831d and 832d. Released downwards.

  In the payout device 830, the diameter D1 of the front blade 839b and the rear blade 839c is about 1.2 to 1.4 times the outer diameter of the game ball, and the ball housing portion 839e has a diameter 1 of the game ball. Since the depth of / 7 to ¼ is accommodated, the time required to accommodate the game ball can be shortened while reducing the outer diameter of the payout vane 839 as much as possible. Thereby, even if the payout blade 839 is rotated rapidly, the game ball can be accommodated in the ball accommodating portion 839e and sent to the payout outlets 831b and 832b. Accordingly, the number of game balls to be paid out per unit time can be increased as compared with the conventional case, and the time required for paying out game balls can be shortened.

  The ball-removable movable piece 843 extends in a plate shape in the vertical and front / rear direction, and a lower portion is bent to form a body shape in a front view, and extends in a cylindrical shape in the front / rear direction at the upper end of the main body portion 843a. A shaft tube portion 843b whose both ends are rotatably attached to the front box 831 and the rear box 832, respectively, a protruding portion 843c protruding from the upper part of the outer surface bent in a square shape of the main body portion 843a, and a main body portion 843c A weight attaching portion 843d (see FIG. 71) including a through-hole penetrating in the front-rear direction in a lower portion bent in a square shape.

  In the state where the dispensing device 830 is assembled, the ball removal movable piece 843 is oriented so that the lower portion of the main body portion 843a extends obliquely to the lower left when viewed from the front, and the upper cylindrical tube portion 843b is disposed to eject the front box 831 and the rear box 832. In the passages 831d and 832d, it is possible to turn at a position that extends obliquely from the pay-out entrances 831a and 832a to the lower right in the front view, and slightly outside the wall on the right in the front view that is slightly above the part that bends downward. Installed on.

  In the normal state, the payout device 830 of the present embodiment is configured such that the ball removal lever 844 is slid downward, and the lower portion of the ball removal lever 844 contacts the protrusion 843c of the ball removal movable piece 843 from the right side in front view. It touches. As a result, the ball removal movable piece 843 is restricted from turning counterclockwise when viewed from the front (see FIG. 71A).

  In this normal state, in the main body portion 843a bent in the shape of a square of the ball extraction movable piece 843, the upper side extends vertically from the bent portion, and the lower side of the bent portion is diagonally lower left in front view. It extends to. And the lower end of the main-body part 843a is located in the vicinity of the site | part which the payout channel | paths 831d and 832d and the ball extraction channel | paths 831e and 832e branch. Therefore, the ball removal passages 831e and 832e are closed by the ball removal movable piece 843 (main body portion 843a), and the surface facing the left side of the main body portion 843a forms a part of the wall of the discharge passages 831d and 832d. doing.

  The ball removal movable piece 843 of the present embodiment is formed such that, in a normal state, the center of gravity of the ball removal movable piece 843 is located on the left side of the vertical line passing through the center of the shaft tube portion 843b. Although a force to rotate counterclockwise as viewed from the front acts on the anti-clockwise rotation by the ball removal lever 844, the normal state is maintained.

  When the ball removal lever 844 is slid upward from the normal state, the lower portion of the ball removal lever 844 moves away from the protruding portion 843c of the ball removal movable piece 843, and the ball removal movable piece 843 rotates counterclockwise when viewed from the front. Movement restrictions are lifted. Accordingly, the ball-moving movable piece 843 is rotated counterclockwise by its own weight so that the center of gravity is located directly below the shaft tube portion 843b. The ball removal movable piece 843 rotates counterclockwise until the lower right side surface of the main body portion 843a contacts the left surface of the member forming the right side surface of the front box 831 and the rear box 832. (See FIG. 60B). Accordingly, the ball removal passages 831e and 832e are opened, and the game ball that has entered from the payout entrances 831a and 832a comes into contact with the main body portion 843a of the ball removal movable piece 843 in the middle of the payout passages 831d and 832d. The ball removal movable piece 843 is rotated counterclockwise when viewed from the front to open the ball removal passages 831e and 832e, and flows through the opened ball removal passages 831e and 832e and is released downward from the ball removal outlets 831c and 832c. The Rukoto.

  In the present embodiment, since the ball removal movable piece 843 includes the weight attachment portion 843d, the ball attachment lever 844d is slid upward by screwing and attaching a weight made of a metal screw to the weight attachment portion 843d. Thus, when the restriction of counterclockwise rotation in front view is released, the lower end of the ball removal movable piece 843 protrudes into the ball removal passages 381e and 832e by the weight of the ball removal movable piece 843 and the weight of the weight. It is possible to facilitate rotation in a direction (counterclockwise in a front view).

  Further, in a normal state where the ball removal lever 844 is slid downward to close the ball removal passages 831e and 832e, the game ball that has entered from the payout inlets 831a and 832a enters the main body portion 843a of the ball removal movable piece 843. Since the contact is made, the ball removal movable piece 843 can be vibrated by the contact of the game ball. Accordingly, dust or dirt sandwiched or invaded between the lower end of the ball removal movable piece 843 and the inner surfaces of the ball removal passages 831e and 832e can be removed by the vibration of the ball removal movable piece 843. It is possible to prevent the ball removal movable piece 843 from becoming unable to rotate by biting or dust.

  Further, since a metal screw as a weight can be screwed into and attached to the weight attaching portion 843d that is a through hole, the weight is removed from the ball-moving movable piece 843 even if the ball-moving movable piece 843 rotates frequently. The ball removal movable piece 843 can be maintained in a good state over a long period of time without being disengaged from the (weight attaching portion 843d). Further, since the weight can be easily attached to the ball removing movable piece 843 simply by screwing the metal screw into the weight attaching portion 843d, the labor for attaching the weight can be simplified, and the pachinko machine 1 can be assembled. The cost which concerns on can be reduced.

  By the way, when the ball removal passages 831e and 832e are closed for a long time by the ball removal movable piece 843, fine dust adheres to the rotation shaft of the ball removal movable piece 843 or the rotation shaft rusts, and the ball The extraction movable piece 843 may become difficult to rotate. On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the game balls that have entered from the payout entrances 831a and 832a are brought into contact with the main body portion 843a of the ball removal movable piece 843. Therefore, the ball removal passage 831e is formed by the ball removal movable piece 843. , 832e from the closed state, when the ball release lever 844 for releasing the closure is slid upward to release the lock, the game ball comes into contact with the ball release movable piece 843, so that the impact of the contact The ball removal movable piece 843 can be rotated, and the ball removal passages 831e and 832e can be reliably opened.

  Therefore, when the ball removal lever 844 is operated to open the ball removal passages 831e and 832e, the ball removal movable piece 843 can be rotated favorably, so that the game ball can be removed with certainty. The workability during maintenance and the like can be improved.

[4-6c. Upper full ball path unit]
The upper full ball path unit 850 of the payout unit 800 in this embodiment will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 73 and 74. The upper full ball path unit 850 is attached to a position below the dispensing device 830 in the dispensing unit base 801. The upper full ball path unit 850 is attached to the dispensing unit base 801 and has a box-shaped upper full base 851 whose rear side is opened, and is attached to the rear side of the upper full base 851 and has its front side opened. A box-shaped upper full tank cover 852 and a discharge device pressing member 853 which is rotatably attached to the rear side of the upper full cover 852 and can press the discharge device 830 upward are provided.

  Further, the upper full ball path unit 850 includes an upper payout ball receiving port 850a that is open upward so that a game ball can pass through from the left and right center to the left when viewed from the front, and the right and left from the center when viewed from the front and from the center. Is formed between the upper full base 851 and the upper full cover 852 which are opened upward so that game balls can pass therethrough and received by the upper payout ball receiving port 850a. An upper sphere storage passage 850c having a predetermined size for the game balls to circulate, a normal discharge port 850d opened downward at a position immediately below the upper payout ball receiving port 850a at the lower end of the upper sphere storage passage 850c, and an upper sphere storage A full tank discharge port 850e opening downward at a portion excluding the normal discharge port 850d at the lower end of the passage 850c, a normal discharge port 850d and a full tank discharge port 850e And a, and a partition piece 850f, which partitions the lower portion to the left and right in the upper sphere reservoir passage 850c protrudes upward from between.

  The upper full ball path unit 850 includes an upper ball passage 850g that guides a game ball that has entered from the upper ball removal inlet 850b downward, and an upper portion that opens downward at the lower end of the upper ball removal passage 850g. A ball outlet 850h. The upper full sphere path unit 850 has a normal discharge port 850d, a full tank discharge port 850e, and an upper ball discharge outlet 850h arranged in order from the left side when viewed from the front and opened downward. The upper full ball path unit 850 includes a back cover attachment portion 854 for attaching the back cover 980 to the right end of the upper full base 851.

  When the upper full ball path unit 850 is assembled to the payout unit 800, the upper payout ball receiving port 850a is located immediately below the payout outlet 831b of the payout device 830, and the upper ball discharge inlet 850b is It is located directly under the ball outlet 831c of the dispensing device 830. Further, the upper full sphere path unit 850 is assembled in the dispensing unit 800, and the normal discharge port 850d, the full tank discharge port 850e, and the upper ball discharge outlet 850h are the normal guide path of the lower full sphere path unit 860. 861, a full tank guide path 862, and a lower bulb guide path 865 are respectively opened immediately above the rear end openings (see FIG. 80).

  In the upper full tank path unit 850, the game balls that have been paid out by the payout device 830 and released downward from the payout outlet 831b enter the upper ball storage passage 850c from the upper payout ball receiving port 850a. In a state where the normal discharge port 850d at the lower end of the upper sphere storage passage 850c is not closed, a game ball that has entered the upper sphere storage passage 850c from the upper payout ball receiving port 850a is opened directly below the upper payout ball receiving port 850a. The normal discharge port 850d is discharged.

  When the inside of the upper plate 201 of the door frame 3 is filled with game balls, the game balls cannot be stored, and when the normal guide path 861 of the lower full ball path unit 860 is filled with game balls, the normal release is performed. The outlet 850d is closed. In this state, when a game ball enters the upper ball storage passage 850c, it is stored above the normal discharge port 850d. Then, when the amount of the game ball stored on the upper side of the normal discharge port 850d becomes higher than that of the partition piece 850f, the game ball newly entering the upper ball storage passage 850c gets over the partition piece 850f and becomes full. It will be discharged downward from the tank discharge port 850e and sent to the lower plate 202 through the full tank guide path 862 of the lower full ball path unit 860.

  As described above, the upper full-ball path unit 850 automatically removes the game balls paid out from the payout device 830 from the upper plate 201 according to the amount of game balls stored in the upper plate 201 in the door frame 3. It can be distributed to the dish 202.

[4-6d. Lower full ball path unit]
The lower full sphere path unit 860 of the payout unit 800 in this embodiment will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 75 to 79. The lower full tank path unit 860 is attached to the lower side of the upper full path path unit 850 in the payout unit base 801. The lower full-ball path unit 860 guides the game ball released from the normal discharge port 850d of the upper full-ball path unit 850 forward and guides it from the front end to the through-ball path 526 of the door frame 3. A full tank guide path 862 for guiding the game ball released from the full tank discharge port 850e of the upper full ball path unit 850 to the front and guiding it from the front end to the full tank reception port 530 of the door frame 3; A guideway opening / closing door 863 that opens and closes the front end openings of the guideway 861 and the full tank guideway 862 according to the opening / closing of the door frame 3 with respect to the main body frame 4, and the normal path 861 and the full tank guideway 862. And a closing spring 864 biasing in a direction to close the front end opening.

  Further, the lower full ball path unit 860 guides the game ball released from the upper ball exit 850h of the upper full ball path unit 850 forward, and moves on the board unit base 910 of the board unit 900 from the center right end in the front-rear direction. And a lower ball extraction guide path 865 for discharging to the bottom.

  In the lower full ball path unit 860, a normal guide path 861, a full tank guide path 862, and a lower ball guide path 865 are arranged in order from the left side to the right side in a front view. The normal guiding path 861, the full tank guiding path 862, and the lower ball guiding path 865 have rear ends that open upward. The normal guiding path 861 and the full tank guiding path 862 have a width in which a plurality of game balls are arranged on the left and right sides, and extend forward to the vicinity of the front end of the main body frame 4 so that the front end side is lowered. Further, the full tank guide path 862 extends forward at a position lower than the normal guide path 861. As shown in the drawing, the normal guiding path 861, the full tank guiding path 862, and the lower ball guiding path 865 are formed by an upper case 866 and a lower case 867 that can be divided vertically.

  The guideway opening / closing door 863 is rotatably attached to a portion between the normal guideway 861 and the full guideway 862 at the front end of the lower case 867 and is rotated clockwise by a closing spring 864. It is energized. More specifically, a full tank guide path 862 that opens to the right of the front end opening of the normal guide path 861 in front view at the front end of the lower full sphere path unit 860 is one game for the normal guide path 861. It is placed at a position lower by the height of the sphere. The guideway opening / closing door 863 is attached to the lower side of the normal guideway 861 and to the left side of the full tank guideway 862 so as to be rotatable about an axis extending in the front-rear direction.

  The guideway opening / closing door 863 includes a disk-like base portion 863a that is rotatably mounted, a first door plate portion 863b that extends obliquely from the base portion 863a to the upper left side and that can close the front end opening of the normal guideway 861. A second door plate portion 863c extending rightward from the base portion 863a and closing the front end opening of the full guide path 862, and an extending portion 863d extending from the base portion 863a obliquely to the lower left side in a flat plate shape. And an operating protrusion 863e that protrudes forward from the front surface of the distal end of the extending portion 863d and can contact the door opening / closing contact portion 537 of the foul cover unit 520 in the door frame 3.

  Here, closing the front end openings of the normal guiding path 861 and the full tank guiding path 862 means that it is not necessary to seal the openings, and it is sufficient that the game ball cannot pass. The operating protrusion 863e is formed in a short arc shape with the base 863a as the center when viewed from the front, and the front end surface is inclined so as to protrude forward as it approaches the end in the counterclockwise direction. doing.

  The guide path opening / closing door 863 is urged clockwise by a closing spring 864, and the second door plate portion 863 c is located below the front end opening of the full tank guide path 862 at the front end of the lower cover 867. The contact with the boss 867a protruding forward restricts the clockwise rotation.

  In the lower full tank path unit 860 of the present embodiment, the front end of the pachinko machine 1 is assembled, and the front end of the through ball path 526, the full tank reception port 530, and the door opening / closing door in the foul cover unit 520 of the door frame 3 is provided. It is attached at a position facing the contact portion 537 (see FIG. 79). Since the guide path opening / closing door 863 is not in contact with the operating protrusion 863e when the door frame 3 is open with respect to the main body frame 4, the guide path opening / closing door 863 is biased by the closing spring 864. Thus, the second door plate portion 863c is stopped in a state where the second door plate portion 863c is in contact with the boss portion 867a of the lower case 867. In this state, the first door plate portion 863b and the second door plate portion 863c are located in front of the front end openings of the normal guide path 861 and the full tank guide path 862, and close the front end openings (FIG. 78). (See (a)). Accordingly, in this state, the game balls in the normal guiding path 861 and the full tank guiding path 862 cannot move forward from the front end opening, and even if the door frame 3 is opened, the normal guiding path 861 and the full tank guiding are not performed. Game balls will not spill from the road 862.

  When the door frame 3 is closed with respect to the main body frame 4, the door opening / closing contact portion 537 of the foul cover unit 520 in the door frame 3 comes into contact with the front end surface of the operation protrusion 863e of the guide path opening / closing door 863, and the operation is performed. Due to the inclination of the front end surface of the protrusion 863e, a force acts to rotate the guide path opening / closing door 863 in a counterclockwise direction when viewed from the front against the urging force of the closing spring 864. As a result, the first door plate portion 863b and the second door plate portion 863c, which have closed the front end openings of the normal guide path 861 and the full tank guide path 862, rotate in a direction away from the front end opening, and the normal guide path 861 In addition, the front end opening of the full tank guide path 862 is opened (see FIG. 78B). In this state, as shown in the figure, the first door plate portion 863b is positioned below the front end opening of the normal guide passage 861, and the second door plate portion 863c is positioned above the front end opening of the full tank guide passage 862. .

  In the state where the front end openings of the normal guiding path 861 and the full tank guiding path 862 are opened, the door frame 3 is completely closed with respect to the main body frame 4, and the normal guiding path 861 and the full tank guiding path 862 are filled. A through ball passage 526 and a full tank reception port 528 of the foul cover unit 520 in the door frame 3 are located on the front side of the front end opening of the guide passage 862. A game ball can be delivered to the ball passage 526 and the full tank receiving port 528 side.

  In this way, the front end openings of the normal guideway 861 and the full tank guideway 862 are made different in the vertical direction, and the front end openings of the normal guideway 861 and the full tank guideway 862 are made by turning the guideway opening / closing door 863. Since opening and closing is performed, the operation range of the guideway opening / closing door 863 can be made as narrow as possible, and the opening / closing mechanism of the normal guideway 861 and the full-way guideway 862 can be downsized. Therefore, the space for other members can be relatively widened, and the internal space of the pachinko machine 1 can be used more effectively.

  The payout unit 800 of the present embodiment has a larger number of game balls from the payout device 830 in a state where the upper plate 201 of the door frame 3 is filled with game balls and the game balls cannot be released to the upper plate 201. Is paid out, the game balls can be stored until the inside of the normal guiding path 861 of the lower full tank path unit 860 is filled with game balls. When a game ball is further paid out from the payout device 830 in a state where the normal guiding path 861 is full of game balls, the game ball is normally released in the upper ball storage passage 850c of the upper full ball path unit 850. If it stays above the outlet 850d and exceeds the partition piece 850f, it will circulate to the full tank outlet 850e side, and the full tank guide path 862 of the lower full ball path unit 860 from the full tank outlet 850e, The payout of game balls to the lower plate 202 through the foul cover unit 520 is automatically switched. Thereafter, when the game balls are further paid out from the payout device 830 and the lower plate 202 is filled with the game balls in addition to the upper plate 201 and cannot be supplied to the lower plate 202, the foul cover unit 520 is provided. Game balls are stored in the storage passage 533. And when the movable piece 534 rotates and is detected by the full tank detection sensor 535 by storing the game ball in the storage passage 533, the upper plate 201 and the lower plate 202 are full of game balls. And the payout of the game ball by the payout device 830 is temporarily stopped until the detection of the movable piece 534 by the full tank detection sensor 535 is released.

  Note that the stop of the game ball payout by the payout device 830 relative to the detection of the movable piece 534 by the full tank detection sensor 535, for example, the game ball is stored until the movable piece 534 is detected in the storage passage 533 of the foul cover unit 520. In such a state, the number can be filled in the storage passage 533 on the upstream side, the full tank guide path 862 of the lower full ball path unit 860, and the upper ball storage path 850c of the upper full ball path unit 850. When the game ball is paid out, the payout of the game ball by the payout device 830 may be stopped. As a result, it is possible to store more game balls than conventional pachinko machines. Therefore, in a gaming state where a lot of game balls are paid out, such as during a big hit game, the upper plate 201 and the lower plate 202 are released by the payout of the game balls. It is possible to reduce the need to worry about being filled with game balls, and to allow the player to concentrate on the big hit game and have fun.

[4-7. Substrate unit]
The substrate unit 900 of the main body frame 4 in the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. The board unit 900 of the main body frame 4 has a board unit base 910 attached to the rear side of the main body frame base 600, and a rear side of the main body frame base 600 on the left side of the board unit base 910. Speaker unit 920, a power supply board box 930 that is attached to the rear right side of the board unit base 910 and accommodates a power supply board inside, and is attached to the rear side of the speaker unit 920 and has interface control inside. An interface control board box 940 in which a board is accommodated, and a payout control board that is mounted across the power supply board box 930 and the interface control board box 940 and that houses a payout control board 951 that controls the payout of game balls. A box 950.

  The payout device 830 is controlled by the payout control board 951 housed in the payout control board box 950.

[5. Overall configuration of game board]
Next, the overall configuration of the game board 5 of the pachinko machine 1 will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 81 to 85. FIG. 81 is a front view of the game board. FIG. 82 is a perspective view seen from the front of the game board, and FIG. 83 is a perspective view seen from the rear of the game board. FIG. 84 is an exploded perspective view of the game board as viewed from the front after being disassembled for each main configuration, and FIG. 85 is an exploded perspective view of the game board as viewed from the rear after being disassembled for each main structure.

  The game board 5 of the present embodiment has a game area 5a into which a game ball is driven when the player operates the handle lever 504 of the handle unit 500. In addition, the game board 5 has a front component member 1000 that defines the outer periphery of the game area 5a and has an outer shape that is substantially rectangular when viewed from the front, and is attached to the rear side of the front component member 1000. A board-like gaming panel 1100 to be partitioned, a substrate holder 1200 attached to the lower rear portion of the gaming panel 1100, and a game ball attached to the rear surface of the substrate holder 1200 by driving a game ball into the gaming area 5a. A main control unit 1300 having a main control board 1310 (see FIGS. 90 and 95) for controlling the game content. A plurality of obstacle nails that come into contact with the game ball are planted in a predetermined gauge arrangement (not shown) in a portion that is in the game area 5a on the front surface of the game panel 1100.

  In addition, the game board 5 displays a game status based on a control signal from the main control board 1310, and a function display unit 1400 that is attached to the lower left corner of the front component member 1000 so as to be visible to the player side, and a game panel Peripheral control unit 1500 attached to the rear side of 1100, central display device 1600 disposed in the center of game area 5a in front view and capable of displaying a predetermined effect image, and attached to the front of game panel 1100 A front unit 2000 and a back unit 3000 attached to the rear surface of the game panel 1100 are further provided. A peripheral control unit 1500 is attached to the rear side of the back unit 3000.

  The gaming panel 1100 is formed so that the outer periphery is slightly larger than the inner periphery of the frame-shaped front component member 1000 and holds the outer periphery of the transparent flat panel panel 1110 and the panel plate 1110. And a frame-like panel holder 1120 to which the rear unit 3000 is attached on the rear surface.

  The front unit 2000 is capable of receiving game balls that have been thrown into the game area 5a, and the plurality of general winning holes 2001 that are always open are different from the plurality of general winning holes 2001 at different positions in the game area 5a. A first start opening 2002 that is always open to accept a game ball, a gate portion 2003 that is attached to a predetermined position in the game area 5a to detect the passage of the game ball, and the game ball passes through the gate portion 2003. The second start opening 2004 that allows game balls to be received in accordance with the normal lottery result lottered and the first lot selected by receiving the game balls into the first start opening 2002 or the second start opening 2004 A special winning opening 2005 is provided that allows game balls to be received either according to the special lottery result or the second special lottery result.

  In addition, the front unit 2000 is mounted right above the out port 1111 at the center in the left-right direction in the technique area 5a, and has a start port unit 2100 having a first start port 2002, and a left side of the start port unit 2100 in front view. The side unit lower 2200 which is attached along the inner rail 1002 and has two general winning holes 2001, and the upper left side of the side unit lower 2200 as viewed from the front, is attached to one general winning hole 2001. The upper side unit 2300 has an attacker unit 2400 that is attached to the right side of the start opening unit 2100 and has a big winning opening 2005, and is attached to the approximate center in the game area 5a. A frame-shaped center accessory 2500 having a general winning opening 2001, a gate portion 2003, and a second start opening 2004. Eteiru.

  The back unit 3000 includes a box-like back box (not shown) that is attached to the rear surface of the panel holder 1120 and is open at the front, a back front lower effect unit 3100 that is attached to the lower front portion of the back box, A moving image projection unit 3200 attached to the center of the box, and a first moving image display body 3301 and a second moving image display body 3302 that are attached to the back box and project a production video (production image). The back center production unit 3300, the back left production unit 3400 attached to the upper left in the back box, the front production unit 3500 attached to the upper part near the front in the back box, and the upper part in the back box , The rear effect unit 3600 attached to the center in the left-right direction, and the first drive board 3020 and the second drive board 3021 attached to the rear side of the back box.

  The peripheral control unit 1500 is attached to the rear surface of the back box of the back unit 3000. In addition, the central display device 1600 of the present embodiment includes a moving image projection unit 3200 of the back unit 3000 and a back center effect unit 3300 (first moving image display body 3301).

[5-1. Previous component]
Next, the front component member 1000 will be described with reference to FIGS. 81 to 85. The front component member 1000 has a substantially square outer shape when viewed from the front, and has an inner shape penetrating in a front-rear direction in a substantially circular shape. The outer periphery of the game area 5a is defined by the inner periphery of the inner shape. The front component member 1000 includes an outer rail 1001 that extends in an arc shape from the lower left side to the left side from the center in the left-right direction when viewed from the front, and extends to the upper right side through the center upper end in the left-right direction when viewed from the front. An inner rail 1002 that is arranged substantially along the outer rail 1001 inside the front component member 1000 and extends in an arc shape from the center lower part in the left-right direction in front view to the upper left part in the front view, and a game on the right side in front view of the lower end of the inner rail 1002 An out guiding portion 1003 that is formed at the lowest position of the region 5a and is inclined so as to become lower toward the rear.

  Further, the front component member 1000 includes a lower right rail 1004 and a lower right rail 1004 that are linearly inclined so that the right end side is slightly higher from the right end of the out guide portion 1003 in front view to the right side of the front component member 1000. The right rail 1005 extending from the right end of the front component member 1000 to the lower side of the upper end of the outer rail 1001 along the right side of the front component member 1000, and the upper portion being curved inward of the front component member 1000, and the upper end of the right rail 1005 and the outer rail 1001 is connected to the upper end of 1001, and a stop portion 1006 with which a game ball rolling along the outer rail 1001 contacts is provided.

  Further, the front component member 1000 is pivotally supported on the upper end of the inner rail 1002, and has a closed position and a front-view clock extending upward from the upper end of the inner rail 1002 so as to close the space between the front rail and the outer rail 1001. A backflow prevention member that is rotated by a spring (not shown) so as to be able to rotate only between the open position where the outer rail 1001 is opened by rotating in the rotating direction and to return to the closed position side. 1007.

[5-2. Game panel]
Next, the gaming panel 1100 will be described with reference to FIGS. The gaming panel 1100 has a flat panel panel 1110 having an outer periphery formed slightly larger than the inner periphery of the frame-shaped front component member 1000 and formed of a transparent synthetic resin, and holds the outer periphery of the panel board 1110. And a frame-like panel holder 1120 attached to the rear side of the front component member 1000 and attached to the rear unit 3000 on the rear surface. The panel board 1110 of the game panel 1100 has an out port 1111 penetrating back and forth at the lowest position in the game area 5a. Further, the panel plate 1110 is formed with a plurality of attachment ports 1112 (see FIG. 84, FIG. 85, etc.) penetrating forward and backward to attach the front unit 2000.

  The panel holder 1120 holds the panel plate 1110 so as to be detachable from the rear side. The panel holder 1120 has a plurality of attachment holes and positioning holes for attaching the back unit 3000 on the rear surface.

  In a state where the gaming panel 1100 is attached to the rear side of the front component member 1000, the out port 1111 of the panel plate 1110 is opened to the rear side of the out guide part 1003 of the front component member 1000. As a result, the game ball that has flowed down to the lower end of the game area 5a can be guided to the rear out port 1111 by the out guiding unit 1003 and discharged to the rear side of the game panel 1100 through the out port 1111.

[5-3. Substrate holder]
Next, the substrate holder 1200 will be described with reference to FIGS. The substrate holder 1200 is formed in a horizontally long box shape that is open at the top and front, and is inclined so that the bottom surface becomes lower toward the center in the left-right direction. The board holder 1200 can cover the lower part of the back unit 3000 attached to the rear side of the game panel 1100 from the lower side when assembled to the game board 5. Thereby, it is possible to receive all the game balls discharged to the rear side of the game panel 1100 through the out port 1111 and the game balls discharged downward from the front unit 2000 and the back unit 3000, and formed on the bottom surface. The discharged portion 1201 (see FIG. 84) can be discharged downward.

[5-4. Main control board unit]
Next, the main control unit 1300 will be described with reference to FIGS. 82 to 85, FIG. 90, and FIG. The main control unit 1300 is detachably attached to the rear surface of the substrate holder 1200. The main control unit 1300 includes a main control board 1310 for controlling game contents, game ball payout, and the like, and a main control board box 1320 that houses the main control board 1310 and is attached to the board holder 1200. .

  The main control board box 1320 includes a plurality of sealing mechanisms. When the main control board box 1320 is closed using one sealing mechanism, the sealing mechanism is then destroyed to open the main control board box 1320. The main control board box 1320 can be opened and closed. Therefore, by observing the trace of opening and closing, it is possible to discover unauthorized opening and closing of the main control board box 1320, and the deterrent against unauthorized actions on the main control board 1310 is enhanced.

[5-5. Function display unit]
Next, the function display unit 1400 will be described with reference to FIGS. As shown in FIG. 81 and the like, the function display unit 1400 is attached to the lower left corner of the front component member 1000 outside the game area 5a. The function display unit 1400 can be viewed from the front (player side) through the through-hole 111 of the door frame 3 in a state where the game board 5 is assembled to the pachinko machine 1 (see FIG. 1). The function display unit 1400 displays a gaming state (game situation), a normal lottery result, a special lottery result, and the like using a plurality of LEDs based on a control signal from the main control board 1310.

  Although not shown in detail, the function display unit 1400 has a status indicator composed of one LED for displaying a gaming state, and two LEDs for displaying a normal lottery result drawn by passing a game ball with respect to the gate unit 2003. A normal symbol display consisting of two LEDs for displaying the number of holds relating to the passage of the game ball with respect to the gate 2003, and a first lottery drawn by receiving the game ball into the first start port 2002 A first special symbol display composed of eight LEDs for displaying one special lottery result, and a first special reservation number display composed of two LEDs for displaying the number of suspensions related to the acceptance of game balls to the first start port 2002 A second special symbol display comprising eight LEDs for displaying the result of the second special lottery drawn by receiving the game balls into the second starting port 2004, and the second starting port 2 The second special hold number indicator consisting of two LEDs that display the number of holds related to the acceptance of game balls to 04, and when the first special lottery result or the second special lottery result is “big hit”, etc. It mainly includes a round indicator composed of two LEDs for displaying the number of repetitions of 2005 open / close pattern (number of rounds).

  In this function display unit 1400, the number of symbols, symbols, etc. can be displayed by appropriately turning on, turning off, and blinking the LEDs provided.

[5-6. Peripheral control unit]
Next, the peripheral control unit 1500 will be described with reference to FIGS. 83 and 85. FIG. Peripheral control unit 1500 is attached to the rear surface of a back box (not shown) of back unit 3000. The peripheral control unit 1500 includes a peripheral control board 1510 (see FIGS. 90 and 95) for controlling the presentation presented to the player based on a control signal from the main control board 1310, and a peripheral control board box 1520 accommodated therein. And. The peripheral control board 1510 includes a peripheral control unit 1511 for controlling a light emission effect, a sound effect, a movable effect, and the like, and an effect display control unit 1512 for controlling the effect image (see FIG. 95). reference).

[5-7. Overall configuration of table unit]
Next, the table unit 2000 will be described with reference to FIGS. 81, 82, 84, and 85. The front unit 2000 of the game board 5 is attached to the panel plate 1110 of the game panel 1100 from the front, the front end protrudes forward from the front surface of the panel plate 1110, and the rear end penetrates the attachment port 1112. Projecting rearward from the rear surface of the panel plate 1110. The front unit 2000 of the present embodiment is capable of receiving game balls that have been struck into the game area 5a, and the plurality of general prize openings 2001 that are always open, and the plurality of general prize openings 2001 are within the game area 5a. A first start port 2002 that is always open to accept game balls at different positions, a gate portion 2003 that is attached to a predetermined position in the game area 5a and detects the passage of the game balls, and the game balls are gated The second start opening 2004 that allows game balls to be received according to the result of the normal lottery drawn by passing the section 2003, and the lottery by receiving the game balls to the first start opening 2002 or the second start opening 2004 And a special winning opening 2005 that enables the reception of game balls in accordance with the first special lottery result or the second special lottery result.

  A plurality (four here) of general winning awards 2001 are arranged in the lower part of the game area 5a. The first start port 2002 is arranged right above the out port 1111 at the center in the left-right direction in the game area 5a. The gate part 2003 is arranged at the center in the up-down direction at the right part in the game area 5a. The second start port 2004 is disposed right below the gate portion 2003 from the front view. The big winning opening 2005 is arranged near the lower end in the game area 5a below the gate portion 2003 and the second start opening 2004.

  In addition, the front unit 2000 is mounted right above the out port 1111 at the center in the left-right direction in the technique area 5a, and has a start port unit 2100 having a first start port 2002, and a left side of the start port unit 2100 in front view. The side unit lower 2200 which is attached along the inner rail 1002 and has two general winning holes 2001, and the upper left side of the side unit lower 2200 as viewed from the front, is attached to one general winning hole 2001. The upper side unit 2300 has an attacker unit 2400 that is attached to the right side of the start opening unit 2100 and has a big winning opening 2005, and is attached to the approximate center in the game area 5a. A frame-shaped center accessory 2500 having a general winning opening 2001, a gate portion 2003, and a second start opening 2004. Eteiru.

[5-7a. Starting port unit]
Next, the start port unit 2100 of the table unit 2000 will be described with reference to FIG. In the game area 5a, the start port unit 2100 is disposed immediately above the out port 1111 in the vicinity of the lower end at the center in the left-right direction, and is attached to the panel plate 1110 from the front. The start port unit 2100 has a first start port 2002.

  The start port unit 2100 includes a flat unit base 2101 attached to the front surface of the panel plate 1110, a ball receiving portion 2102 that protrudes forward from the unit base 2101 and forms a first start port 2002, and a unit base 2101. And a ball guiding portion 2103 for guiding the game ball received in the first starting port 2002 to the lower side.

  The ball receiving portion 2102 is formed in a container shape that is open at the top and rear, and can receive a game ball from above as the first start port 2002 and guide it backward. The ball guiding portion 2103 extends downward from substantially the same height as the ball receiving portion 2102, and an upper front portion that is the rear of the ball receiving portion 2102 opens forward and a lower end opens downward. The ball guiding portion 2103 is disposed on the rear side of the game panel 1110. The game ball received in the first start port 2002 is detected by the first start port sensor 2011 (see FIG. 95) on the rear side of the game panel 1110 and discharged downward.

[5-7b. Below the side unit]
Next, the lower side unit 2200 of the front unit 2000 will be described with reference to FIG. The lower side unit 2200 extends along the inner rail 1002 to the left of the start port unit 2100 in the game area 5a, and is attached to the panel plate 1110 from the front. The lower side unit 2200 has two general winning ports 2001.

  The lower side unit 2200 protrudes forward from a flat unit base 2201 attached to the front surface of the panel plate 1110 and extending in an arc shape along the inner rail 1002, and from the vicinity of the upper edge of the lower portion of the front surface of the unit base 2201. A lower projecting portion 2202 forming two general winning ports 2001 and an upper projecting portion 2203 projecting forward from the upper front of the unit base 2201.

  The unit base 2201 extends in an arc shape so as to become higher toward the left in front view. The lower projecting portion 2202 includes, on the upper surface, a shelf 2202a that allows a game ball to roll and is inclined so that the right end when viewed from the front is lowered, and is respectively below the left and right ends of the shelf 2202a. A general winning opening 2001 is opened. The general winning opening 2001 on the lower left side of the shelf 2202a when viewed from the front is opened obliquely upward to the left. Further, the general winning opening 2001 on the lower right side of the shelf 2202a in the front view opens slightly upward on the right side. The upper projecting portion 2203 is provided with a shelf 2203a on the upper surface thereof so that the game ball can roll and is inclined so that the right end in front view is lowered.

  The lower side unit 2200 is attached to the game panel 1100 (panel plate 1110), the left end of the shelf 2203a of the upper protrusion 2203 is close to the inner rail 1002, and the game that has flowed down along the inner rail 1002 The sphere can be received by the shelf 2203a and guided to the center side. Further, the lower side unit 2200 can guide the game balls received in the two general winning ports 2001 to the rear of the panel board 1112. Then, the game ball guided to the rear of the panel board 1112 is detected by the general winning opening sensor 2010 (see FIG. 95) and discharged downward.

[5-7c. On the side unit]
Next, the upper side unit 2300 of the table unit 2000 will be described with reference to FIG. The upper side unit 2300 is attached to the panel plate 1110 from the front, slightly upward from the center in the vertical direction in the upper left side of the lower side unit 2200 when viewed from the front, and extends vertically along the inner rail 1002 in the gaming area 5a. ing. The upper side unit 2300 has one general winning opening 2001.

  The upper side unit 2300 is attached to the front surface of the panel plate 1110 and extends along the inner rail 1002. The side unit upper portion 2300 projects forward from near the right end of the lower portion of the front surface of the unit base 2301. A ball receiving portion 2302 that forms a general winning opening 2001, and a protruding portion 2303 that protrudes forward from the front upper portion of the unit base 2301 on the left side of the ball receiving portion 2302 when viewed from the front.

  The unit base 2301 extends vertically, and the lower part extends rightward when viewed from the front. The entire unit base 2301 is substantially L-shaped. The ball receiving portion 2302 is formed in a container shape that is open at the top and rear, and can receive a game ball from above as a general winning opening 2001 and can guide it backward. The protrusion 2303 has a shelf 2303a on the upper surface thereof so that the game ball can roll and is inclined so that the right end in front view is lowered.

  The upper side unit 2300 is attached to the game panel 1100 (panel plate 1110), the left end of the projecting portion 2303 is close to the inner rail 1002, and the game ball that has flowed down along the inner rail 1002 It can be guided to the right by 2303a. Further, the upper side unit 2300 can guide the game ball received in the general winning opening 2001 to the rear of the panel board 1112. Then, the game ball guided to the rear of the panel board 1112 is detected by the general winning opening sensor 2010 (see FIG. 95) and discharged downward.

[5-7d. Attacker unit]
Next, the attacker unit 2400 of the table unit 2000 will be described with reference to FIG. The attacker unit 2400 is disposed in the lower right corner when viewed from the front in the game area 5a, and is attached to the panel board 1110 from the front. The attacker unit 2400 has a big prize opening 2005 extending to the left and right.

  The attacker unit 2400 is a unit in which a flat unit base (not shown) attached to the front surface of the panel plate 1110 and a rectangular large winning opening 2005 attached to the rear surface of the unit base and extending to the left and right are opened. A case 2402, a horizontally-long rectangular flat prize-winning door member 2403 that is openable and closable so that the prize-winning opening 2005 can be opened and closed, and a unit-like case door 2402 that is attached to the game case. In response, an attacker solenoid 2404 that drives the opening and closing of the prize winning door member 2403, and a prize winning opening sensor 2013 (see FIG. 95) that is attached to the unit case 2402 and detects a game ball received in the prize winning opening 2005. It is equipped with.

  The big prize opening 2005 is open forward. The big prize opening door member 2403 capable of opening and closing the big prize opening 2005 is attached so that the left and right ends of the lower side can be rotated by the unit case 2402, and is rotated so that the upper side moves forward and downward. Thus, the special winning opening 2005 can be changed from the closed state to the open state.

  In the attacker unit 2400, in a normal state in which the attacker solenoid 2404 is not energized, the special prize opening door member 2403 stands upright and closes the special prize opening 2005. Then, when the attacker solenoid 2404 is energized according to the gaming state, the grand prize opening door member 2403 is rotated so that the upper side moves forward and downward, and the upper side is positioned slightly above the lower side. Become. That is, the grand prize opening door member 2403 is inclined so as to become higher from the lower side of the big prize opening 2005 toward the front.

  In this state, when the game ball flows down in front of the grand prize opening 2005 and comes into contact with the big prize opening door member 2403, the distribution direction changes from below to the rear due to the inclination of the big prize opening door member 2403, and the big prize opening It will be accepted in 2005. The game balls received in the special winning opening 2005 are detected by the special winning opening sensor 2013 and then discharged downward from the lower surface of the unit case 2402.

[5-7e. Center character]
Next, the center accessory 2500 of the table unit 2000 will be described with reference mainly to FIG. 81, FIG. 82, FIG. 84, FIG. In the game area 5a, the center accessory 2500 is disposed above the start port unit 2100, the lower side unit 2200, and the attacker unit 2400 and slightly above the center of the front view. It is attached to the front surface of 1110. The center accessory 2500 is formed in a frame shape. The first moving image display body 3301, the second moving image display body 3302, and the like that are arranged behind the game panel 1100 through the frame and project and display an effect image are displayed from the front. It can be visually recognized. The center accessory 2500 has one general winning port 2001, a gate portion 2003, and a second start port 2004.

  The center accessory 2500 protrudes forward from the flange portion 2511 and a flat frame-shaped flange portion 2511 that abuts the front surface of the panel plate 1110 along the periphery of the attachment port 1112 that is largely open at the center of the panel plate 1112. A frame-shaped center base having a front peripheral wall portion 2512 that prevents entry of game balls into the cage frame, and a rear peripheral wall portion 2513 that protrudes rearward from the flange portion 2511 and is inserted into the mounting port 1112. 2510.

  The front peripheral wall portion 2512 of the center base 2510 is formed over substantially the entire circumference of the flange portion 2511 except for a part of the lower side. The position of the front peripheral wall portion 2512 that is slightly to the left from the center in the left-right direction on the upper side is the highest.

  In the center accessory 2500, the gate portion 2003 is arranged on the front peripheral wall portion 2512 of the center base 2510 slightly outside from the center of the front view, and a gate sensor 2515 that detects a game ball that has passed through the gate portion 2003 is provided. I have. Further, the center accessory 2500 is open at the outer peripheral surface of the front peripheral wall portion 2512 in which the general winning opening 2001 is the lower left side of the gate portion 2003 when viewed from the front. The game balls received in the general winning opening 2001 of the center accessory 2500 are detected by the general winning opening sensor 2010 on the rear side of the gaming panel 1110 and discharged downward.

  Further, the center accessory 2500 has a second start port 2004 opened at the outer peripheral surface of the front peripheral wall portion 2512 directly below the general winning port 2001, and the second start port 2004 is closed so that it can be opened and closed. An opening door member 2516, a starting opening solenoid 2517 (see FIG. 95) for driving the opening opening door member 2516 to open and close, and a second starting opening sensor 2012 (detecting a game ball received in the second starting opening 2004). 95).

  The start opening door member 2516 is attached so as to be rotatable around a shaft whose lower end extends in the front-rear direction, and closes the second start opening 2004 in a state where the front end is positioned upward, and clockwise from there. By turning in this direction, the second start port 2004 is opened and the game ball can be received in a state of being substantially horizontal so that the tip is located on the right side and becomes lower toward the left side. In addition, the start port member 2516 has a tip positioned on the right side of the gate portion 2003 when the second start port 2004 is open. As a result, when the second start port 2004 is opened (acceptable), the game ball that has passed through the gate portion 2003 comes into contact with the upper surface of the start port door member 2516, and the game ball is moved to the start port door. Guided to the left by the member 2516, it is received in the second starting port 2004 with a very high probability. Note that the game ball received in the second start port 2004 is detected by the second start port sensor 2012 and discharged downward on the rear side of the game panel 1110.

  Further, the center accessory 2500 enters a warp inlet 2520 in which the game ball in the game area 5a is open on the outer peripheral surface of the lower left side when viewed from the front on the front peripheral wall portion 2512 of the center base 2510, and the warp inlet 2520. Warp passage 2521 for guiding the played game ball to the front side of the flange portion 2511 of the center base 2510 and to the vicinity of the left end of the lower side in front view, and a warp outlet opening at the downstream end of the warp passage 2521 so that the game ball can pass therethrough 2522 and the game ball released from the warp outlet 2522 are allowed to roll, extend left and right along the lower side within the frame of the center base 2510, and release the supplied game ball into the game area 5a. Stage unit 2530.

  The stage unit 2530 has three stages of a first stage 2531, a second stage 2532, and a third stage 2533 in order from the upstream side. The first stage 2531 is curved such that the left and right ends are high and the left and right sides of the part corresponding to the center in the left and right direction of the game area 5a are the lowest, and the space between the lowest parts is slightly increased. I'm out. That is, the first stage 2531 is formed in a gently inclined W shape. A warp outlet 2522 is opened at the left end of the first stage 2531 when viewed from the front. Further, the first stage 2531 is formed at a portion corresponding to the center in the left-right direction of the game area 5a, and has a fan-shaped first center guiding portion that is lower toward the rear and slightly expands to the left and right, and the second lowest. And a fan-shaped first side guiding portion that is formed at each of the two portions and becomes lower toward the front and expands to the left and right.

  The second stage 2532 is disposed behind and below the first stage 2531, and the left and right ends extend slightly outside the lowest portions on both sides of the center of the first stage 2531. The second stage 2532 is formed in a loosely inclined mountain shape with the center in the left-right direction being higher. The second stage 2532 includes a central hole penetrating vertically at the center in the left-right direction and side holes penetrating vertically at both left and right ends. The central hole is located immediately behind the first central guiding portion of the first stage 2531, and the two side holes are located on the outer side from just behind the first side guiding portion of the first stage 2531. The second stage 2532 is arranged behind the flange portion 2511, that is, behind the front surface of the panel plate 1110.

  The third stage 2533 is disposed immediately below the second stage 2532, and the left and right lengths are formed to be substantially the same as the second stage 2532. The third stage 2533 is curved so that the left and right ends are high and the left and right sides of the center in the left-right direction are the lowest, and the space between the lowest parts is bulged to be slightly higher. Like 2531, it is formed in a gently sloping W-shape. The third stage 2533 is formed at the center in the left-right direction, and is formed at the third center guide portion cut out from the front end to the rear and the two lowest portions, and becomes lower toward the front. And a fan-shaped third side guiding portion that extends to the left and right. The third central guide portion is located immediately below the central hole of the second stage 2532, and the two third guide portions are located closer to the center from directly below the side holes of the second stage 2532.

  In the state where the game board 5 is assembled, the stage unit 2530 rolls the first stage 2531, the second stage 2532, and the third stage 2533 with the game balls supplied from the warp outlet 2522, and the last third It is released from the stage 2533 into the game area 5a. Further, in the state where the game board 5 is assembled, the stage unit 2530 has the first start port 2002 located immediately below the third central part, and the game balls released from the third central part into the game area 5a The first start port 2002 is received with a very high probability.

  In the state where the center combination 2500 is assembled to the game board 5, only one game ball flows between the outer peripheral surface of the front peripheral wall portion 2512 and the inner peripheral surface of the game region 5a in the upper right corner of the game region 5a. A gap of possible width is formed. When a game ball is struck so as to circulate on the right side of the center accessory 2500 (so-called right hit), it passes through a gap between the inner peripheral surface of the game area 5a and directly above the gate portion 2003. It is released and can pass through the gate part 2003 with high probability.

[5-8. Overall configuration of the back unit]
Next, the overall configuration of the back unit 3000 in the game board 5 will be described in detail mainly with reference to FIGS. FIG. 86 is a perspective view of the back unit as seen from the front, and FIG. 87 is a perspective view of the back unit as seen from the back. 88 is an exploded perspective view of the back unit as seen from the front after being disassembled for each main configuration, and FIG. 89 is an exploded perspective view of the back unit as seen from the back after being disassembled as per the main configuration. 90 is a cross-sectional view taken along line FF in FIG. The back unit 3000 is attached to the rear surface of the panel holder 1120 in the game panel 1100. A peripheral control unit 1500 is attached to the rear side of the back unit 3000.

  The back unit 3000 is attached to the rear surface of the panel holder 1120 and has a box-like back box (not shown) opened forward, and the center unit 2500 in the game area 5a attached to the lower front portion of the back box. The back front lower stage production unit 3100 for decorating the rear of the side area, the video projection unit 3200 attached to the center of the back box and capable of projecting the production video toward the front, and the video projection unit attached to the back box A back center effect unit that has a first moving image display body 3301 and a second moving image display body 3302 on which a production moving image is projected by the unit 3200 and replaces the first moving image display body 3301 and the second moving image display body 3302 with each other. 3300, a back left top production unit 3400 attached to the top left in the back box, and a back front production unit attached to the top near the front in the back box. 3500, a back effect unit 3600 attached to the center in the left-right direction at the upper part in the back box, and a first drive board 3020 and a second drive board 3021 attached to the rear side of the back box. I have.

  In the present embodiment, the moving image projection unit 3200 and the back center effect unit 3300 constitute a central display device 1600 that can display a predetermined effect image according to the gaming state.

[5-8a. Front-bottom directing unit]
Next, the lower front effect unit 3100 of the rear unit 3000 will be described with reference to FIG. The front bottom lower production unit 3100 is attached near the front end of the back box. The back lower stage production unit 3100 is arranged behind the transparent panel board 1110 and below the front view center accessory 2500, and can emit light of various colors toward the front, and within the game area 5a. The lower part of the center accessory 2500 can be decorated with light emission. Thereby, it is difficult to visually recognize the rear side through the transparent panel plate 1110 and also by the back front lower stage production unit 3100.

  The lower front effect unit 3100 includes a right middle decorative portion 3110 that decorates the back of the vicinity of the front view gate portion 2003 and the second start port 2004 in the game area 5a, and a rear portion of the attacker unit 2400 below the right middle decorative portion 3110. The lower right decorative portion 3120 for decorating the lower right decorative portion, the middle lower decorative portion 3130 for decorating the rear of the area between the starter unit 2100 and the attacker unit 2400 on the left side of the lower right decorative portion 3120, and the lower part of the center accessory 2500 The lower left decoration part 3140 which decorates the left side of the is provided.

[5-8b. Movie projection unit]
Next, the moving image projection unit 3200 of the back unit 3000 will be described with reference to FIG. The moving image projection unit 3200 is attached to the center of the back box, and can display a predetermined effect moving image via a first moving image display body 3301 or a second moving image display body 3302 described later. Part of. The video projection unit 3200 includes a unit base 3201 attached in the back box, a box-shaped main body case 3202 attached to the lower portion of the unit base 3201, and a main body case 3202 that is accommodated in the production video. A projection apparatus 3203 capable of projecting light, a reflector 3204 that is disposed above the projection apparatus 3203 and reflects light projected upward from the projection apparatus 3203, a reflector 3204, and a unit base 3201 is a box-like dark box 3205 that is attached to the top of 3201 and is open forward, a projection device drive board 3206 that is attached in the main body case 3202 and drives the projection device 3203, and a main body And a cooling fan 3207 attached to the case 3202.

  The unit base 3201 is formed by bending a metal plate. The main body case 3202 is formed in a rectangular parallelepiped shape extending left and right, and openings are formed near both left and right ends and the left end of the upper surface. The projection device 3203 is a liquid crystal projector. The projection device 3203 is mounted in the main body case 3202 so that the output lens faces the opening on the upper surface of the main body case 3202. As shown in FIG. 90, the projection device 3203 is mounted such that the upward optical axis (indicated by a two-dot chain line) is inclined slightly rearward with respect to the vertical line.

  The reflector 3204 is a flat mirror. The reflection plate 3204 is attached at an angle at which the optical axis directed obliquely upward and rearward from the projection device 3203 can be reflected in the horizontal direction. The light projected from the projection device 3203 can be directed forward by the reflection plate 3204.

  The dark box 3205 has a horizontally long rectangular front end opening 3208 at the front end, and each outer peripheral surface extending rearward from the four sides of the front end opening 3208 is inclined so as to go to the center as it goes rearward. ing. That is, the dark box 3203 is formed in a pent roof shape with the front end opening 3208 as a bottom surface. A reflector 3204 is attached to the outer peripheral surface extending rearward and downward from the upper side of the front end opening 3208 of the dark box 3203. In addition, the dark box 3203 has a lower side of the front end opening 3208 and an outer peripheral surface extending rearward from the lower side thereof recessed downward in a pyramid shape that narrows downward at the center in the left-right direction, and downward. Open toward. The output lens of the projection device 3203 can face through the opening on the upper surface of the main body case 3202 from the portion opening downward.

  The projection device drive board 3206 is connected between the peripheral control board 1510 (effect display control unit 1512) and the projection apparatus 3203. The cooling fans 3207 are respectively attached to the left and right openings of the main body case 3202. That is, the moving image projection unit 3200 of this example includes two cooling fans 3207. With these cooling fans 3207, the heat emitted from the projection device 3203 can be discharged to the left and right outside of the dark box 3205, and the generation of a heat flame due to the heat from the projection device 3203 is suppressed.

  This moving image projection unit 3200 can display an effect image (effect animation) in front of the front end opening 3208 of the dark box 3205 by causing light that is directed upward from the projection device 3203 to be directed forward by the reflector 3204. An image projection area is formed. In addition, since the moving image projection unit 3200 has the optical axis of the projection device 3203 turned slightly upward and reflected backward by the reflector 3204, the projection can be performed without increasing the depth in the front-rear direction. The distance from the device 3203 to the front of the front end opening 3208 of the dark box 3205 can be increased, and the image projection area can be made wider. That is, a wider display screen is realized.

  In the state in which the game board 5 is assembled, the moving image projection unit 3200 has the front end opening 3208 of the dark box 3205 positioned within the frame of the center accessory 2500 at the approximate center of the front view game area 5a. Therefore, by projecting an effect image on the first moving picture display body 3301 or the like positioned in front of the front end opening 3208, the center of the game area 5a is similar to a conventional pachinko machine having a liquid crystal display device in the center of the game area. The effect image can be displayed. Moreover, since the moving image projection unit 3200 can darken the back of the first moving image display body 3301 or the like on which the effect image or the like is projected by the dark box 3205, the effect image or the like projected on the first moving image display body 3301 or the like. It is possible to suppress difficulty in viewing due to light from the back, and it is possible to make it easier to see the displayed effect image and the like.

[5-8c. Back center production unit]
Next, the back center production unit 3300 of the back unit 3000 will be described with reference to FIG. The back center effect unit 3300 can display a predetermined effect image in cooperation with the moving image projection unit 3200, and constitutes a part of the central display device 1600. The back center effect unit 3300 is mounted in the back box, and is arranged in front of the moving image projection unit 3200 and the first moving image display body 3301 and the second moving image display on which the effect image is projected by the moving image projection unit 3200. A body 3302, and a replacement device 3310 that simultaneously moves the first moving image display body 3301 and the second moving image display body 3302 in a direction crossing each other when viewed from the front, and replaces the respective positions. In the back center effect unit 3300, a second moving image display body 3302 is arranged in front of the first moving image display body 3301.

  The first moving image display body 3301 and the second moving image display body 3302 are each formed of a plate-shaped transmission screen. The transmissive screen used for the first moving image display body 3301 and the second moving image display body 3302 has a blackish translucent substrate part, a light diffusion layer provided on one side of the substrate part, When the effect image is projected from the moving image projection unit 3200, the effect image can be displayed with a clear and good contrast. The light diffusion layer includes, but is not limited to, fine particles of silicon oxide, titanium oxide, acrylic resin, polystyrene resin, silicon resin, barium sulfate, etc., and these fine particles are dispersed in a transparent synthetic resin, or Is applied to the surface of a transparent synthetic resin or glass.

  The first moving image display body 3301 has a flat plate shape similar to the display screen of the liquid crystal display device, and forms a horizontally long display screen on one plane. The second moving image display body 3302 is formed in a stunning shape in which the shape of the first moving image display body 3301 is physically changed. Specifically, it is formed in a shape having a notch 3302a cut out from the upper side to the vicinity of the lower side in the center in the left-right direction with respect to the horizontally long rectangular flat plate. That is, the second moving image display body 3302 is formed in a shape such that the first moving image display body 3301 is cut by the back left upper decorative body 3410 of the back left upper rendering unit 3400 described later.

  The replacement device 3310 is attached to the right side of the first frame 3311 that supports the first moving image display body 3301, the second frame 3312 that supports the second moving image display body 3302, and the moving image projection unit 3200 in the back box. The first frame 3311 and the second frame 3312 are respectively mounted on the left side of the moving image projection unit 3200 in the back box. And a guide mechanism 3350 that supports the sides so as to be movable up and down.

  The first frame 3311 has a pair of legs 3311a extending rearward from the portions extending to the left and right outside of the first moving image display body 3301. The second frame 3312 has a pair of leg portions 3312a extending rearward from portions extending to the left and right outer sides than the second moving image display body 3302. The left and right ends of the second frame 3312 extend outwardly from the left and right ends of the first frame 3311, respectively, and the pair of leg portions 3312 a extends rearward longer than the leg portions 3311 a of the first frame 3311. I'm out.

  The elevating mechanism 3320 extends vertically and has a drive base 3321 attached to the inside of the back box, and a back center drive that is attached to the upper rear surface of the drive base 3321 and the rotation shaft projects forward through the drive base 3321. A motor 3322, a motor gear 3323 attached to the rotating shaft of the back center drive motor 3322, a first drive gear 3324 meshed with the lower left of the motor gear 3323 when viewed from the front, and rotatably attached to the drive base 3321; A first drive pulley 3325 that rotates integrally with the first drive gear 3324, a first driven pulley 3326 that is rotatably mounted immediately below the first drive pulley 3325 on the lower front surface of the drive base 3321, and a first drive pulley 3325 And the right leg 3 of the first frame 3311 wound around the first driven pulley 3326. The rear end of 11a is provided with a first belt 3327 mounted, the.

  The elevating mechanism 3320 meshes with the motor gear 3323 in the lower right side of the front view and is rotatably attached to the drive base 3321 and a second drive pulley that rotates integrally with the second drive gear 3328. 3329, a second driven pulley 3330 rotatably attached to the lower front surface of the drive base 3321 directly below the second drive pulley 3329, and a second frame wound around the second drive pulley 3329 and the second driven pulley 3330 And a second belt 3331 to which the rear end of the right leg 3312a of 3312 is attached.

  The right leg 3311a of the first frame 3311 is located on the right side when viewed from the front among the portions extending vertically in parallel in the first belt 3327 wound around the first drive pulley 3325 and the first driven pulley 3326. It is attached to the part. The right leg 3312a of the second frame 3312 is located on the left side of the front view of the portion extending vertically in parallel in the second belt 3331 wound around the second drive pulley 3329 and the second driven pulley 3330. It is attached to the part.

  The guide mechanism 3350 extends vertically and has a guide base 3351 attached in the back box, and both upper and lower ends attached to the guide base 3351 so that the rear end of the left leg 3311a of the first frame 3311 can slide. A cylindrical first guide shaft 3352 to be attached, and upper and lower ends are attached to the guide base 3351 on the left side of the first guide shaft 3352 when viewed from the front, and the rear end of the left leg 3312a of the second frame 3312 slides. And a cylindrical second guide shaft 3353 that can be attached.

  In this replacement device 3310, the first belt 3327 and the second belt 3331 of the elevating mechanism 3320 and the first guide shaft 3352 and the second guide shaft 3353 of the guide mechanism 3350 have substantially the same position in the front-rear direction. Due to the difference in length between the leg portion 3311a of the subject frame 3311 and the leg portion 3312a of the second frame 3312, the first moving image display body 3301 attached to the first frame 3311 causes the second frame 3312 to move. The attached second moving image display body 3302 is positioned forward.

  In the normal state, the back center effect unit 3300 has the first moving image display body 3301 positioned at the rising end and the second moving image display body 3302 positioned at the falling end. The second moving image display body 3302 is lined up and down in front view. In this normal state, the first moving image display body 3301 positioned at the rising end is positioned so as to close the front of the front end opening 3208 of the moving image projection unit 3200 (see FIG. 90 and the like). Thereby, the effect image that is projected from the projection device 3203 and then reflected forward by the reflector 3204 is projected (projected) on the rear surface of the first moving image display body 3301, and the effect image is displayed on the first moving image display body 3301. It will be. And the effect image projected on the 1st moving image display body 3301 permeate | transmits the 1st moving image display body 3301 which has translucency, and will be seen from the player side (front).

  From this normal state, when the back center drive motor 3322 is driven according to the gaming state and the motor gear 3323 rotates counterclockwise when viewed from the front, the first drive gear 3324 and the first drive gear 3324 that are directly meshed with the motor gear 3323 and The second drive gear 3328 rotates in the clockwise direction. When the first drive gear 3324 and the second drive gear 3328 rotate in the clockwise direction, the first belt 3327 and the second belt 3331 also rotate in the clockwise direction, respectively. At this time, since the right leg 3311a of the first frame 3311 to which the first moving image decorative body 3301 is attached is attached to the right portion that circulates downwardly of the first belt 3327, The first moving image display body 3301 moves downward via the first frame 3311. On the other hand, since the right leg 3312a of the second frame 3312 to which the second moving image display body 3302 is attached is attached to the left part of the second belt 3331 that circulates upward, The second moving image display body 3302 moves upward via the frame 3312. That is, the first moving image display body 3301 and the second moving image display body 3302 are lifted and lowered simultaneously so as to cross each other.

  When the first moving image display body 3301 is located at the lower end and the second moving image display body 3302 is located at the ascending end, the rotational driving of the back center drive motor 3322 is stopped, and the first moving image display body 3301 and the second moving image display body 3301 are stopped. The moving up / down movement of the moving picture display 3302 stops. In this state, the second moving image display body 3302 and the first moving image display body 3301 are arranged in order, and the effect image projected from the projection device 3203 is projected (projected) on the rear surface of the second moving image display body 3302. (See FIGS. 93 and 94). That is, the first moving image display body 3301 is replaced with the second moving image display body 3302 with respect to the projection area of the moving image projection unit 3200 (replacement state).

  In the replacement state in which the first moving image display body 3301 is replaced with the second moving image display body 3302, the effect image is projected from the projection device 3203 of the moving image projection unit 3200, so that the second shape formed in the effect shape. An effect image is displayed on the moving picture display 3302. There is nothing in the light projected from the projection device 3203 toward the second moving image display body 3302 at the notch portion 3302a in the second moving image display body 3302, so that the effect image is directed toward the notch portion 3302a. Is projected, nothing is displayed at the site of the notch 3302a.

  In order to return the first moving image display body 3301 and the second moving image display body 3302 from the replacement state to the normal state, the back center drive motor 3322 rotates the motor gear 3323 in the clockwise direction opposite to the above. Thus, it is possible to return to the normal state by performing the reverse movement to the above. It should be noted that the first moving image display body 3301 and the second moving image display body 3302 are hardly visible from the player side when they are located at the lower end.

[5-8d. Back left production unit]
Next, the back upper left rendering unit 3400 of the back unit 3000 will be described with reference to FIG. The back upper left rendering unit 3400 is attached to the upper left in front view in the back box. The back left top production unit 3400 includes a back left top decorative body 3410 that imitates a sword, and a back left top drive mechanism 3420 that rotates the back left top decorative body 3410 according to the gaming state.

  The back left upper decorative body 3410 of the back left top rendering unit 3400 is formed in a shape imitating a sword, and the base end portion which becomes the handle side of the sword can be rotated around an axis extending forward and backward to the back left upper drive mechanism 3420 Installed on. The upper left decorative body 3410 extends obliquely so as to go forward from the middle toward the tip.

  The back left upper drive mechanism 3420 of the back left top rendering unit 3400 is mounted in the back box, and a unit base 3421 and a unit base 3421 are attached to the back left top decorative body 3410 so as to be rotatable around an axis extending back and forth. A rear upper left drive motor 3422 that is attached to the rear surface and rotates the rear upper left decorative body 3410.

  The rear upper left rendering unit 3400 is positioned behind the first moving image display body 3301 and the second moving image display body 3302 of the rear center rendering unit 3300 in the assembled state on the game board 5, and the rear upper left decorative body. A tip bent forward of 3410 projects forward from the second moving image display body 3302.

  In the normal state, the back left upper rendering unit 3400 has a back left top decorative body 3410 extending left and right. In this state, the back left upper decorative body 3410 is positioned above the upper side of the front end opening 3208 of the dark box 3205 of the back center effect unit 3300 and the back front decorative body 3510 of the back front effect unit 3500. It is located rearward and is not visible from the player side (see FIG. 91).

  When the back upper left drive motor 3422 is driven in this normal state (retracted position state) according to the gaming state, the back left upper decorative body 3420 is moved back and forth so that the tip is directed downward with the base end as the center. The game area 5a is rotated below a predetermined angle (45 degrees in this example) about the axis extending in the direction, and the front end thereof is below the upper side of the front end opening 3208 of the back box 3205 of the back center production unit 3300 in front view. It becomes a state located at the center (state of appearance position).

  As described above, the back upper left rendering unit 3400 is bent so that the front end side of the back upper left decorative body 3410 protrudes forward from the second moving image display body 3302, so the first moving image display body 3301 is positioned at the rising end. In this state, the back upper left decorative body 3410 cannot be rotated to the appearance position because it is in contact with the first moving image display body 3301, while the second moving image display body 3302 is positioned at the rising end. When the back upper left decorative body 3410 is rotated to the appearance position in the state (replacement state), the front end side of the back upper left decorative body 3410 is inserted into the cutout portion 3302a of the second moving image display body 3302, and the cutout portion The tip of the back upper left decorative body 3410 protrudes forward through 3302a (see FIGS. 91 and 92).

  Accordingly, the back left upper decorative body 3410 inserted into the cutout portion 3302a of the second video display body 3302 can make it appear that the first video display body 3301 has been cut to the back left top decorative body 3410 imitating a sword. .

  Note that the back upper left decorative body 3410 can be returned to the normal state by rotating the back left upper drive motor 3422 in the direction opposite to the above while the back left upper decorative body 3410 is in the appearance position.

[5-8e. Front production unit]
Next, the back front production unit 3500 of the back unit 3000 will be described with reference to FIG. The front front production unit 3500 is attached to the upper front side of the back center production unit 3300 in the back box. The front front production unit 3500 has a predetermined logo in accordance with the concept of the pachinko machine 1 and extends to the left and right, and a front front drive that drives the back front decoration body 3510 up and down according to the gaming state. A mechanism 3520.

  The front and back decorative body 3510 is formed such that the left and right lengths are about 2/3 of the left and right length of the first moving image display body 3301. The back front decorative body 3510 has a plurality of LEDs inside, and can be decorated with light emission according to the gaming state.

  The back front drive mechanism 3520 includes a right base 3521 attached to the front of the elevating mechanism 3320 of the back center stage production unit 3300 in the back box, a back front drive motor 3522 attached to the upper rear surface of the right base 3521, and a front front. A right arm 3523 which is driven up and down by a drive motor 3522 and is attached to the front surface of the right base 3521 so as to be movable up and down and to which the right end of the front front decorative body 3510 is attached, and a guide for the back center stage production unit 3300 in the back box A left base 3524 attached to the left side of the mechanism 3350 and a left arm 3525 attached to the front surface of the left base 3524 so as to be movable up and down and to which the left end of the front decorative body 3510 is attached.

  In the front front production unit 3500, the front front decorative body 3510 is located at the rising end in a normal state. In this state, as shown in FIG. 81 and the like, the back front decorative body 3510 faces the frame of the center accessory 2500, and the lower end thereof is located slightly below the upper side of the first moving image display body 3301. Substantially the whole is located above the first moving image display body 3301. In this normal state, the front front drive motor 3522 is rotationally driven in a predetermined direction, so that the front front decorative body 3510 moves downward from the center of the front view game area 5a to the lower end position (see FIG. 91).

  In order to return the front decorative body 3510 from the position of the lower end to the normal position of the upper end, the front front drive motor 3522 is driven to rotate in the direction opposite to the above, and is moved upward to return to the normal position. It can be returned to the state.

  The back front decorative body 3510 of the back front effect unit 3500 is disposed in front of the first moving image display body 3301 and the second moving image display body 3302 and is moved up and down to thereby move the first moving image display body 3301 and the second moving image display body 3301. The front surface of the two moving image display body 3302 can be blocked.

[5-8f. Backward production unit]
Next, the back effect unit 3600 of the back unit 3000 will be described with reference to FIG. The back effect unit 3600 is attached above the back center effect unit 3300 in the back box. The back side production unit 3600 is attached to the rear side of the back side decoration body 3601 having a translucency imitating a predetermined character and the like, and a plurality of LEDs on the front side. And a backside decorative substrate 3602.

  This back effect unit 3600 can light up and decorate the back decoration body 3601 by appropriately causing the LEDs on the back decoration board 3602 to emit light. Further, in the normal state, the back upper stage production unit 3600 is positioned in front of the back upper decoration body 3601 with the back left upper decoration body 3410 of the back upper left production unit 3400 and the front front decoration body 3510 of the back front production unit 3500. And cannot be visually recognized from the player side (see FIG. 91A). When the back front decorative body 3510 moves to the descending end and the back upper left decorative body 3410 rotates to the appearance position, it can be visually recognized from the player side (see FIG. 91B).

[5-9. Production on the game board]
Next, main effects by the game board 5 of the present embodiment will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. FIG. 91A is a front view of a game board showing a normal state, and FIG. 91B replaces the first moving image display body with the second moving image display body and rotates the back upper left decorative body to the appearance position. It is a front view of the game board which shows the state which moved the back front decoration body to the falling end. FIG. 92A is a perspective view showing the moving image projection unit, the back center effect unit, the back upper left effect unit, and the back front effect unit in a normal state, and FIG. 92B shows the first moving image display from the state of FIG. It is a perspective view which shows the state which changed the body into the 2nd moving image display body, rotated the back upper left decoration body to the appearance position, and moved the back front decoration body to the falling end. FIG. 93A is a front view showing the moving image projection unit and the back center effect unit in a normal state, and FIG. 93B is a state in which the first moving image display body and the second moving image display body are replaced in FIG. FIG. 94A is a cross-sectional view taken along line GG in FIG. 93, and FIG. 94B is a state in the middle of replacing the first moving image display body and the second moving image display body from the state of FIG. FIG. 94C is a cross-sectional view taken along line HH in FIG. 93.

  As shown in FIG. 81 and the like, the game board 5 of the present embodiment has a surface of the first moving picture display body 3301 of the back center effect unit 3300 that is disposed rearward through the frame of the center accessory 2500 in a normal state. The (display screen of the central display device 1600) can be viewed well from the player side. That is, the effect image projected and displayed on the first moving image display body 3301 can be visually recognized well. Further, in a normal state, the back front decorative body 3510 of the back front effect unit 3500 is raised, and the back left upper decorative body 3410 of the back left upper effect unit 3400 is positioned behind the back. Accordingly, in the normal state, the second moving image display body 3302 of the back center effect unit 3300, the back left upper decoration body 3410 of the back upper left effect unit 3400, and the back upper decoration body 3601 of the back upper effect unit 3600 are viewed from the player side. Visible.

  This game board 5 is projected from the normal state according to the first special lottery result and the second special lottery result that are drawn by receiving the game balls at the first start port 2002 and the second start port 2004. A movable effect including various display effects can be performed using the unit 3200, the back center effect unit 3300, the back upper left effect unit 3400, and the back front effect unit 3500.

  Specifically, for example, a predetermined effect image is projected from the moving image projection unit 3200 on the first moving image display body 3301 of the back center effect unit 3300, and the effect image is displayed on the first moving image display body 3301. Then, the back front drive motor 3522 of the back front effect unit 3500 is driven to move the back front decorative body 3510 downward from the position of the rising end. Almost simultaneously with the start of the downward movement of the front decorative body 3510, the back center drive motor 3322 of the back center effect unit 3300 is driven to replace the first moving image display body 3301 and the second moving image display body 3302. . The replacement of the first moving image display body 3301 and the second moving image display body 3302 is preferably performed faster than the back front decorative body 3510 reaches the descending end.

  In addition, when the first moving image display body 3301 and the second moving image display body 3302 are replaced in the back center effect unit 3300, the back left upper drive motor 3422 of the back left upper effect unit 3400 is driven, and the back left upper decoration body 3410 is driven. The back upper left decorative body 3410 is rotated as if the lower end on the front end side pressed the upper side of the first moving image display body 3301 downward. Then, substantially at the same time or slightly after the back front decorative body 3510 reaches the descending end, the back upper left decorative body 3400 is positioned at the appearance position, and the tip of the back left upper decorative body 3400 is positioned at the second moving image display body. A state is assumed in which it protrudes forward from the rear of 3302 through the notch 3302a.

  By making the movement as described above, the player's illusion is as if the display screen, which was originally a single flat plate, was cut and pierced by the sword that was trapped by the upper left decorative body 3410. Can be made. In other words, it is possible to present the player with an effect that the display screen of the liquid crystal display device itself, which is not possible with a conventional pachinko machine, is physically torn, and to have a strong impact on the player. .

  In this movable effect, when the first moving image display body 3301 and the second moving image display body 3302 are replaced, the back front decorative body 3510 is moved (lowered) so as to block these front surfaces. The movement of the body 3510 can hide the replacement of the first moving image display body 3301 and the second moving image display body 3302, and the first moving image display body 3301 is replaced with the second moving image display body 3302 for the player. Can be difficult to notice. As a result, the impact on the change in the physical shape of the display screen on which the effect image is projected and displayed can be further increased, and the player can be greatly surprised and entertained.

  In addition, by projecting an effect image in which a character or the like is cut on the second moving image display body 3302 at the time of the above-described movable effect, the character or the like displayed on the display screen can be The player can be presented with an effect that is physically cut by the decorative body 3410, and a very strong impact can be given to the player. At this time, since the back upper left decorative body 3410 is rotated upward and inserted into the cutout portion 3302a of the second moving image display body 3302, a part of the back upper left decorative body 3410 is part of the second moving image display body 3302. There is no position behind the portion excluding the notch 3302a, and the shadow of the back decorative body 3410 by the light projected from the moving image projection unit 3200 is not reflected on the second moving image display body 3302. Therefore, the effect image can be projected and displayed on the second moving image display body 3302 in a good state.

  At this time, it is desirable that light is not projected from the projection device 3203 of the moving image projection unit 3200 onto the notch 3302a of the second moving image display body 3302. Thereby, it is possible to prevent the back upper left decorative body 3410 inserted into the cutout portion 3302a from being backlit from the player side by the projected light and becoming difficult to see.

  Further, when the first moving image display body 3301 and the second moving image display body 3302 are replaced, the first moving image display body 3301 and the second moving image display body 3302 are moved up and down at the same time so as to cross each other. As shown in b), in the middle of the replacement of the first moving image display body 3301 and the second moving image display body 3302, both the first moving image display body 3301 and the second moving image display body 3302 are part of them. It is located within the range of the projection area of the effect image from the projection device 3203 (in front of the front end opening 3208). As a result, when the first moving image display body 3301 and the second moving image display body 3302 are replaced with the effect image (effect moving image) being projected from the projection device 3203, the effect image projected from the projection device 3203. However, since it is always projected on either the first moving image display body 3301 or the second moving image display body 3302, the display of the effect image is not interrupted even at the time of replacement, and continues. An effect image can be displayed.

  Therefore, the first special lottery result and the second special lottery result drawn by accepting game balls to the first start port 2002 and the second start port 2004 are suggested as the effect image (effect video) projected from the projection device 3203. Effect images (multiple (for example, three) symbol sequences consisting of a plurality of specially-designed symbols (including special symbols and symbols corresponding to them) are variably displayed (also referred to as “rotation”) and then sequentially The first video is displayed while displaying the first special lottery result and the second special lottery result drawn for the player by the combination of the special display symbols that are stopped and displayed. Even if the body 3301 and the second moving image display body 3302 are replaced, the special corresponding symbol display can be continuously displayed on either the first moving image display body 3301 or the second moving image display body 3302 without interruption. Can. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the player from feeling distrust due to the loss of the special correspondence symbol, and the player can be enjoyed with a sense of security. In addition, since the special correspondence pattern can be continuously displayed, the same display function as that of the main display device in the conventional pachinko machine can be provided, and the center composed of the moving image projection unit 3200 and the back center effect unit 3300 can be provided. The player can surely recognize that the display device 1600 is a main display device in a conventional pachinko machine.

  More specifically, in the middle of replacing the first moving image display body 3301 and the second moving image display body 3302, the projection device 3203 is disposed at a portion where the first moving image display body 3301 and the second moving image display body 3302 overlap each other in the front-rear direction. When the special correspondence symbol is projected from the side, the special correspondence symbol is displayed on the first moving image display body 3301 on the back side, and the displayed special correspondence symbol is transmitted from the player side through the second moving image display member 3302 on the near side. It will be visible. At this time, depending on the degree of translucency of the member (transmission type screen) used for the second moving image display 3302, the special corresponding design may be difficult to see. Therefore, on the projection device 3203 side, the special correspondence symbol or special symbol is produced by making the other part shine black or the light quantity of the other part is relatively reduced with respect to the special correspondence symbol part to be projected. The contrast between the corresponding pattern and other parts is strengthened. Thereby, the special correspondence symbol displayed on the first moving image display body 3301 can be sufficiently recognized from the player side even through the second moving image display body 3302. Then, when the first moving image display body 3301 and the second moving image display body 3302 are replaced, the special corresponding design from the projection device 3203 is directly projected onto the second moving image display body 3302, and the second moving image display body. In 3302, the special correspondence symbol is clearly displayed. Therefore, even if the first moving image display body 3301 and the second moving image display body 3302 are replaced, the specially-designed symbol display is not lost on the way, and the above-described effects can be achieved.

  As shown in FIG. 94 (c), the first moving image display body 3301 and the second moving image display body 3302 are replaced and the first moving image display body 3301 is moved to the lower end position. The upper part of the moving picture display body 3301 is located in front of the front end opening 3208 of the moving picture projection unit 3200. That is, even in the state where the first moving image display body 3301 is positioned at the lower end, the upper portion (near the upper end) of the first moving image display body 3301 is located in the projection area of the effect image from the projection device 3203. An effect image can be displayed on a part (upper part) of the first moving image display body 3301. Further, when the first moving image display body 3301 is positioned at the lower end, the lower end of the second moving image display body 3302 positioned at the upper end is positioned above a part of the area where the effect image is displayed. Therefore, a part (upper part) of the first moving image display body 3301 faces the player side below the lower end of the second moving image display body 3302. Therefore, the first moving image display body 3301 and the second moving image display body 3302 are replaced by projecting and displaying the special corresponding symbol on the part facing the player side when the first moving image display body 3301 is at the lower end. However, since the special correspondence symbol will continue to be displayed on the first moving picture display body 3301 so as to be visible from the player side, the display of the special correspondence symbol will not be lost on the way, and the above-described effects can be obtained. Can play.

[6. Control configuration]
Next, a control configuration for performing various controls of the pachinko machine 1 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 95 is a block diagram schematically showing the control configuration of the pachinko machine. As shown in the figure, the main control configuration of the pachinko machine 1 includes a main control board 1310 and a peripheral control board 1510 attached to the gaming machine 5, and a payout control board 951 attached to the main body frame 4. Each control is shared. The main control board 1310 controls a game operation (game progress). The peripheral control board 1510 includes a peripheral control unit 1511 that controls various effects during the game based on commands from the main control board 1310, and a central display device 1600 and an upper plate liquid crystal display device based on commands from the peripheral control unit 1511. An effect display control unit 1512 that controls display of the effect image at 244 or the like. The payout control board 951 includes a payout control unit 952 that controls the payout of the game ball and the like, and a launch control unit 953 that controls the release of the game ball by rotating the handle lever 504.

[6-1. Main control board]
The main control board 1310 for controlling the progress of the game is not shown in detail, but the main control board is a microprocessor with a built-in ROM for storing various processing programs and various commands, a RAM for temporarily storing data, and the like. MPU, main control I / O port as input / output device (I / O device), main control input circuit to which detection signals from various detection switches are input, and main control solenoid drive for driving various solenoids A circuit and a RAM clear switch for completely erasing information stored in a RAM built in the main control MPU are provided. In addition to the built-in ROM and RAM, the main control MPU incorporates a watchdog timer for monitoring its operation (system), a function for preventing fraud, and the like.

  The main control MPU of the main control board 1310 includes a first start port sensor 2011 that detects a game ball received in the first start port 2002, and a second start port sensor that detects a game ball received in the second start port 2004. 2012, a general winning opening sensor 2010 that detects a game ball received in the general winning opening 2001, a gate sensor 2515 that detects a gaming ball that has passed through the gate 2003, and a large detecting ball that is received in the big winning opening 2005. Detection signals from the prize opening sensor 2013, a magnetic detection sensor for detecting illegal magnetism in the game area 5a, and the like are input via the main control I / O port.

  Based on these detection signals, the main control MPU outputs a control signal from the main control I / O port to the main control solenoid drive circuit, thereby outputting a drive signal to the start port solenoid 2517 and the attacker solenoid 2404, From the main control I / O port, the first special symbol display, the second special symbol display, the first special symbol memory display, the second special symbol memory display, the normal symbol display, the normal symbol memory of the function display unit 1400 A drive signal is output to a display device, a game state display device, a round display device, or the like.

  In the present embodiment, the first start port sensor 2011, the second start port sensor 2012, the gate sensor 2515, and the big prize port sensor 2013 use non-contact type electromagnetic proximity switches. On the other hand, the general winning opening sensor 2010 uses a contact type ON / OFF operation type mechanical switch. This is because game balls frequently enter the first start port 2002 and the second start port 2004 and frequently pass through the gate part 2003, so the first start port sensor 2011, the second start port sensor 2012, And the detection of the game ball by the gate sensor 2515 also frequently occurs. For this reason, proximity switches having high durability and long life are used for the first start port sensor 2011, the second start port sensor 2012, and the gate sensor 2515. In addition, when an advantageous gaming state (“big hit” game, etc.) that is advantageous to the player occurs, the big prize opening 2005 is opened and the game balls are frequently entered. Detection also occurs frequently. For this reason, a proximity switch with high durability and a long life is also used for the special prize opening sensor 2013. On the other hand, detection by the general winning opening sensor 2010 does not occur frequently in the general winning opening 2001 where game balls do not frequently enter. For this reason, the general winning opening sensor 2010 uses a mechanical switch having a shorter life than the proximity switch.

  Further, the main control MPU transmits various information related to the game (game information) and various commands related to payout to the payout control board 951, and receives various commands related to the state of the pachinko machine 1 from the payout control board 951. Or Further, the main control MPU transmits various commands related to control of game effects and various commands related to the state of the pachinko machine 1 to the peripheral control unit 1511 of the peripheral control board 1510 via the main control I / O port. The main control MPU will be described in detail later, but when receiving various commands regarding the state of the pachinko machine 1 from the payout control board 951, the main control MPU shapes these various commands and transmits them to the peripheral control unit 1511.

  The main control board 1310 is supplied with various voltages from the power supply board in the power supply board box 930, which will be described in detail later. The power supply board for supplying various voltages to the main control board 1310 is an electric double layer capacitor (hereinafter simply referred to as “capacitor”) as a backup power supply for supplying power to the main control board 1310 for a predetermined time even when the power is shut off. ). With this capacitor, the main control MPU can store various types of information in the RAM in the power-off process even when the power is shut off. The stored various information is completely erased (cleared) from the RAM when the RAM clear switch of the main control board 1310 is operated when the power is turned on. This RAM clear switch operation signal (detection signal) is also output to the payout control board 951.

  The main control board 1310 is provided with a power failure monitoring circuit. This power failure monitoring circuit monitors a drop in various voltages supplied from the power supply board, and outputs a power failure warning signal as a power failure warning when those voltages are equal to or lower than the power failure warning voltage. In addition to being input to the main control MPU via the main control I / O port, the power failure notice signal is also output to the payout control board 951 and the like.

[6-2. Dispensing control board]
The payout control board 951 for controlling the payout of game balls and the like is not shown in detail, but performs a discharge control by a payout control unit 952 for performing various controls relating to payout and a launch solenoid 682, and a ball by a ball feed solenoid 551. A launch control unit 953 that performs feed control, an error LED indicator that displays the state of the pachinko machine 1, an error release switch that cancels an error displayed on the error LED indicator, a ball tank 802, a tank rail 803, a ball guidance unit 820, and a ball removal switch for discharging the game balls in the payout device 830 to the outside of the pachinko machine 1 and starting the ball removal operation.

[6-2a. Dispensing control unit]
The payout control unit 952 that performs various controls relating to payout on the payout control board 951 is not shown in detail, but a micro that incorporates a ROM that stores various processing programs and various commands, a RAM that temporarily stores data, and the like. A payout control MPU as a processor, a payout control I / O port as an I / O device, an external WDT (external watchdog timer) for monitoring whether or not the payout control MPU is operating normally, and payout A payout motor drive circuit for outputting a drive signal to the payout motor 834 of the apparatus 830, and a payout control input circuit to which detection signals from various detection switches related to payout are input. In addition to the built-in ROM and RAM, the payout control MPU has a function and the like for preventing fraud.

  The payout control MPU of the payout control unit 952 receives various information (game information) related to the game from the main control board 1310 and various commands related to payout in a serial manner via the payout control I / O port, or the main control board 1310. In addition to the operation signal (detection signal) of the RAM clear switch from the input via the payout control I / O port, the detection signal from the full tank detection sensor 535 is input, the ball breakage detection sensor 827, the payout Detection signals from the detection sensor 842 and the blade rotation detection sensor 840 are input.

  Detection signals from the ball break detection sensor 827, the payout detection sensor 842, and the blade rotation detection sensor 840 of the payout device 830 are input to the payout control input circuit and input to the payout control MPU via the payout control I / O port. The

  The door frame opening switch for detecting the opening of the door frame 3 with respect to the main body frame 4 and the detection signal from the main body frame opening switch for detecting the opening of the main body frame 4 with respect to the outer frame 2 are input to the payout control input circuit. , And input to the payout control MPU via the payout control I / O port.

  Further, the detection signal from the full tank detection sensor 535 of the foul cover unit 520 is input to the payout control input circuit and input to the payout control MPU via the payout control I / O port.

  The payout control MPU outputs a drive signal for driving the payout motor 834 to the payout motor 834 via the payout control I / O, and a signal for displaying the state of the pachinko machine 1 on the error LED display. A command for outputting to the error LED display via the payout control I / O port or a command for indicating the state of the pachinko machine 1 is transmitted to the main control board 1310 via the payout control I / O port in a serial manner. Or the number of game balls actually paid out is output to the external terminal board via the payout control I / O port. This external terminal board is connected to a hall computer installed on the game hall side. This hall computer monitors the player's game by grasping the number of game balls paid out by the pachinko machine 1, game information of the pachinko machine 1, and the like.

  The error LED display is a segment display, and displays the state of the pachinko machine 1 by displaying alphanumeric characters and figures. The contents displayed and notified by the error LED display are as follows. For example, when the figure “-” is displayed, it is informed that it is “normal”, and when the numeral “0” is displayed, it is indicated that “connection is abnormal” (specifically, with the main control board 1310). Notification that there is an abnormality in the electrical connection between the payout control board 951 and the board, and when the numeral “1” is displayed, it is “out of ball” (specifically, out of ball) Based on the detection signal from the detection sensor 827, a notification is made that there is no game ball in the payout device 830, and when the number “2” is displayed, it is “ball check” (specifically, the blade Based on the detection signal from the rotation detection sensor 840, the payout passages 381d and 382d of the payout device 830 are in mesh with the payout blade 839 and the game ball so that the payout blade 839 is difficult to rotate)) "Is displayed Is a “counting switch error” (specifically, a failure has occurred in the payout detection sensor 842 based on a detection signal from the payout detection sensor 842), and the number “5” is displayed. “Retry error” (specifically, the fact that the number of retries of the payout operation has reached a preset upper limit value) is notified, and when the number “6” is displayed, “full” (Specifically, based on a detection signal from the full tank detection sensor 535, the game ball stored in the foul cover unit 520 is full) and the number “7” is displayed. When “CR is not connected” is notified (the electrical connection is cut off at any point from the payout control board 951 to the CR unit), and the number “9” is displayed It has informed the message indicating "stock" (specifically, that has reached yet the number sphere ball speed is predetermined for the game ball is not paid out).

  The ball rental request signal for the game ball from the ball rental button 332 and the prepaid card return request signal from the return button 333 are input to the CR unit. The CR unit transmits a signal designating the number of game balls to be lent according to the ball lending request signal to the payout control board 951 in a serial manner, and this signal is received at the payout control I / O port and input to the payout control MPU. Is done. In addition, the CR unit updates the remaining degree of the prepaid card inserted according to the number of rented game balls, and outputs a signal for displaying the remaining degree on the display unit 334. It is input to 334 and displayed.

[6-2b. Launch control unit]
A launch control unit 953 that performs launch control by the launch solenoid 682 and ball feed control by the ball feed solenoid 551 is omitted in detail, but a launch control input to which detection signals from various detection switches related to launch are input. A circuit, an oscillation circuit that outputs a clock signal at regular time intervals, a firing timing control circuit that outputs a firing reference pulse for launching a game ball toward the game area 5a based on the clock signal, and the firing reference A firing solenoid drive circuit that outputs a drive signal to the firing solenoid 682 based on the pulse and a ball feed solenoid drive circuit that outputs a drive signal to the ball feed solenoid 551 based on the firing reference pulse are provided. The firing timing control circuit generates a firing reference pulse so that 100 game balls are fired toward the game area 5a per minute based on the clock signal from the oscillation circuit, and outputs it to the firing solenoid drive circuit. A ball feed reference pulse obtained by multiplying the firing reference pulse by a predetermined number is generated and output to the ball feed solenoid drive circuit.

  In relation to the handle unit 500, a contact detection sensor 509 that detects whether a palm or a finger is touching the handle lever 504, and a stop that detects whether or not the game ball is forcibly stopped by the player's will. The detection signal from the button is input to the firing timing control circuit after being input to the firing control input circuit. When the CR unit and the CR unit connection terminal plate are electrically connected, the CR connection signal is input to the launch control input circuit and input to the launch timing control circuit. A signal from the handle operation sensor 507 that electrically adjusts the strength of launching the game ball toward the game area 5a in accordance with the rotational position of the handle lever 504 is input to the firing solenoid drive circuit.

  This firing solenoid drive circuit inputs a drive current for launching a game ball toward the game area 5a with a launch strength corresponding to the rotational position of the handle lever 504 based on a signal from the handle operation sensor 507. In response to this, it outputs to the firing solenoid 682. On the other hand, the ball feed solenoid drive circuit outputs a constant current to the ball feed solenoid 551 when the ball feed reference pulse is input, thereby playing the game balls stored in the upper plate 201 of the plate unit 200 into the ball. When one ball is received in the feeding unit 540 and the input of the ball feeding reference pulse is completed, the received game ball is sent to the ball hitting device 680 by stopping the output of the constant current. In this way, the drive current output from the launch solenoid drive circuit to the launch solenoid 682 is variably controlled, whereas the drive current output from the ball feed solenoid drive circuit to the ball feed solenoid 551 is controlled to be constant. ing.

  The power supply board for supplying various voltages to the payout control board 951 includes a capacitor as a backup power supply for supplying power to the payout control board 1310 for a predetermined time even when the power is shut off. With this capacitor, the payout control MPU can store various types of information in the RAM of the payout control board 951 even when the power is shut off in the power-off process. The stored various information is completely erased (cleared) from the RAM of the payout control board 951 when the RAM clear switch of the main control board 1310 is operated when the power is turned on.

[6-3. Peripheral control board]
As shown in FIG. 95, the peripheral control board 1510 includes a peripheral control unit 1511 that performs effect control based on a command from the main control board 1310, and a central display device 1600 based on control data from the peripheral control unit 1511. And an effect display control unit 1512 for performing drawing control of the upper liquid crystal display device 244.

[6-3a. Peripheral control unit]
A peripheral control unit 1511 that performs effect control on the peripheral control board 1510 is not shown in detail, but includes a peripheral control MPU as a microprocessor, a peripheral control ROM that stores various processing programs and various commands, and a high-quality sound performance. And a sound ROM in which sound information such as music and sound effects referred to by the sound source IC is stored.

  The peripheral control MPU has a plurality of built-in parallel I / O ports, serial I / O ports, and the like. When various commands are received from the main control board 1310, each peripheral board of the game board 5 is received based on these various commands. The game board side light emission data for outputting a lighting signal, a blinking signal, or a gradation lighting signal to the provided color LED or the like is sent from the serial I / O port for the lamp driving board to the first driving board 3020 and the second driving board 3021. The game board side drive data for outputting the drive signal to the drive motor for operating the various effect units provided on the game board 5 is transmitted from the serial I / O port for the game board decoration drive board to the first drive. Drive signals transmitted to the board 3020 and the second drive board 3021, or to an electric drive source such as the vibration device 242 provided on the door frame 3 or the door lower right drive motor 272. Door-side drive data for outputting the light, and door-side light emission data for outputting a lighting signal, a blinking signal, or a gradation lighting signal to the color LED or the like provided on each decorative board of the door frame 3 Control data (display command) indicating a screen to be transmitted to the door frame 3 side from the frame decoration drive board serial I / O port or displayed on the central display device 1600 or the upper plate liquid crystal display device 244 ) Is transmitted from the serial I / O port for the liquid crystal control unit to the effect display control unit 1512, or a control signal (sound command) for extracting sound information from the sound ROM is output to the sound source IC. .

  Detection signals from various position detection sensors for detecting the positions of various effect units provided on the game board 5 are transmitted through the first drive board 3020 and the second drive board 3021 attached to the rear surface of the back box. Input to the control MPU. Further, detection signals from the touch panel 246 and the effect button pressing sensor 258 of the effect operation unit 220 provided in the door frame 3 are input to the peripheral control MPU.

  In addition, the peripheral control MPU receives a signal (operation signal) indicating that the effect display control unit 1512 is operating normally from the effect display control unit 1512, and based on this operation signal, the effect display control unit 1512 The operation is monitored.

  The sound source IC extracts sound information from the sound ROM based on the control data (sound command) from the peripheral control MPU, and plays music and music adapted to various effects from the speakers 921 provided on the door frame 3 and the main body frame 4. Control is performed so that sound effects and the like flow. The volume can be adjusted by rotating the volume protruding rearward from the peripheral control board box 1520 in which the peripheral control board 1510 is accommodated. In the present embodiment, an acoustic signal (for example, a 2ch stereo signal, a 4ch stereo signal, a 2.1ch surround signal, or a sound signal as sound information) is sent to the plurality of speakers on the door frame 3 side and the low-frequency speaker 921 of the main body frame 4. By transmitting a 4.1ch surround signal, etc., it is possible to present a more realistic sound effect (sound production) than before.

  In addition to the built-in WDT (watchdog timer) built in the peripheral control MPU, the peripheral control unit 1511 also includes an external WDT (watchdog timer) (not shown). In combination with WDT, it is diagnosed whether its own system is running away.

  The display command output from the peripheral control MPU to the effect display control unit 1512 is performed by the serial input / output port. In this embodiment, the bit rate (the size of data that can be transmitted per unit time) is 19.2 km ( k) BPS (bits per second, hereinafter referred to as “bps”) is set. On the other hand, initial data, door frame side lighting / flashing command, game board side lighting / flashing command, movable body drive, which are output from the peripheral control MPU to the first driving board 3020 and the second driving board 3021 attached to the rear surface of the back box. This is performed by a plurality of serial input / output ports different from the command and display command. In this embodiment, 250 kbps is set as the bit rate.

  The first drive board 3020 and the second drive board 3021 output or receive a lighting signal or a blinking signal based on the received door frame side lighting / flashing command to the LEDs of the decorative boards provided in the door frame 3. A lighting signal or a flashing signal based on the gaming board side lighting / flashing command is output to the LEDs of the decorative boards provided in the gaming board 5.

  Further, the first drive board 3020 and the second drive board 3021 send a drive signal based on the received drive command to the vibration device 242 and the door lower right drive motor 272 provided in the door frame 3 and the game board 5. Or output to each drive motor provided.

[6-4. Production display control unit]
Next, an effect display control unit 1512 that performs drawing control of the central display device 1600 and the upper plate liquid crystal display device 244 on the peripheral control board 1510 is not illustrated in detail, but a display control MPU as a microprocessor and various processes. Display control ROM for storing programs, various commands and various data, VDP (abbreviation of Video Display Processor) for controlling display of central display device 1600 and upper plate liquid crystal display device 244, central display device 1600 and upper plate liquid crystal display device An image ROM for storing various data of the screen displayed on 244 and an image RAM to which various data stored in the image ROM are transferred and copied are provided.

  This display control MPU incorporates a parallel I / O port, a serial I / O port, and the like, and controls the VDP based on control data (display command) from the peripheral control unit 1511 to control the central display device 1600 or the upper display. Drawing control of the dish liquid crystal display device 244 is performed. When the display control MPU is operating normally, the display control MPU outputs an operation signal to that effect to the peripheral control unit 1511. Further, the display control MPU receives an in-execution signal from the VDP, and performs interrupt processing when the output of the in-execution signal is stopped every 16 ms.

  The display control ROM includes schedule data corresponding to control data (display commands) from the peripheral control unit 1511 in addition to various programs for generating a screen to be drawn on the central display device 1600 and the upper liquid crystal display device 244, A plurality of non-resident area transfer schedule data corresponding to control data (display command) are stored. The schedule data is configured by arranging screen data for defining the screen configuration in time series, and the order of screens to be drawn on the central display device 1600 and the upper liquid crystal display device 244 is defined. The non-resident area transfer schedule data is configured by arranging non-resident area transfer data that defines the order when transferring various data stored in the image ROM to the non-resident area of the image RAM in time series. This non-resident area transfer data prescribes the order in which various data are transferred from the image ROM to the non-resident area of the image RAM in advance for the screen data drawn on the central display device 1600 and the upper plate liquid crystal display device 244 according to the progress of the schedule data. Has been.

  The display control MPU extracts the first screen data of the schedule data corresponding to the control data (display command) from the peripheral control unit 1511 from the display control ROM and outputs it to the VDP, and then displays the screen data following the first screen data. Extract from display control ROM and output to VDP. In this way, the display control MPU extracts screen data arranged in time series in the schedule data one by one from the top screen data from the display control ROM and outputs the extracted data to the VDP.

  When screen data output from the display control MPU is input, the VDP extracts sprite data from the image RAM based on the input screen data and displays it on the central display device 1600 or the upper plate liquid crystal display device 244. Drawing data is generated, and the generated drawing data is output to the central display device 1600 and the upper liquid crystal display device 244. Further, when the central display device 1600 or the upper liquid crystal display device 244 does not accept the screen data from the display control MPU, the VDP outputs an in-execution signal to that effect to the display control MPU. The VDP employs a line buffer method. In this “line buffer method”, drawing data for one line for drawing the horizontal direction of the central display device 1600 and the upper liquid crystal display device 244 is held in a line buffer, and drawing for one line held in this line buffer is performed. In this method, data is output to the central display device 1600 and the upper plate liquid crystal display device 244.

  The image ROM stores an extremely large amount of sprite data and has a large capacity. When the capacity of the image ROM increases, that is, when the number of sprites drawn on the central display device 1600 and the upper liquid crystal display device 244 increases, the access speed of the image ROM cannot be ignored, and the central display device 1600 and the upper liquid crystal display This will affect the drawing speed on the device 244. Therefore, in this embodiment, the sprite data stored in the image ROM is transferred and copied to the image RAM having a high access speed, and the sprite data is extracted from the image RAM. The sprite data is base data that is data before the sprite is expanded into the bitmap format, and is stored in the image ROM in a compressed state.

  Here, “sprite” will be described. “Sprite” is an image displayed as a unit on the central display device 1600 and the upper liquid crystal display device 244. For example, when various persons (characters) are displayed on the central display device 1600 and the upper liquid crystal display device 244, data for drawing each person is referred to as “sprite”. Thus, when a plurality of persons are displayed on the central display device 1600 or the upper liquid crystal display device 244, a plurality of sprites are used. In addition to a person, a house, a mountain, a road, and the like that make up the background are also sprites, and the entire background can be a single sprite. These sprites are set in a vertical relationship (hereinafter referred to as “sprite superposition order”) when the sprites are arranged on the screen or when the sprites are overlapped with each other. Rendered at 244.

  Note that the sprite is configured by bonding a plurality of rectangular regions of 64 pixels vertically and horizontally. Data for drawing this rectangular area is called a “sprite character”. In the case of a small sprite, it can be expressed by using one sprite character, and in the case of a relatively large sprite such as a person, for example, a total of 6 sprite characters arranged in horizontal 2 × vertical 3 etc. are used. Can be expressed. In the case of a larger sprite such as the background, it can be expressed using a larger number of sprite characters. Thus, the number and arrangement of sprite characters can be arbitrarily designated for each sprite.

  The central display device 1600 and the upper plate liquid crystal display device 244 are crossed with the main scan for setting the display state for each pixel in one direction along the pixels sequentially from the left to the right when viewed from the front. It is driven by sub-scanning in which main scanning is repeatedly performed in the direction to be performed. When the center display device 1600 or the upper plate liquid crystal display device 244 receives the drawing data for one line output from the effect display control unit 1512, the front of the central display device 1600 or the upper plate liquid crystal display device 244 is used as the main scan. Are sequentially output from left to right as viewed from the left side, and output to pixels for one line. When the output for one line is completed, the central display device 1600 and the upper plate liquid crystal display device 244 shift to the line immediately below as sub-scanning. Similarly, when drawing data for the next line is input, the next line Based on the drawing data of the minute, the main scanning is sequentially output from left to right as viewed from the front of the central display device 1600 and the upper plate liquid crystal display device 244, and is output to pixels for one line.

[7. Game contents]
Next, game contents by the pachinko machine 1 of the present embodiment will be described with reference mainly to FIG. 81 and FIG. FIG. 95 is a block diagram schematically showing the control configuration of the pachinko machine. In the pachinko machine 1 according to the present embodiment, the game ball stored in the upper plate 201 of the plate unit 200 is obtained when the player rotates the handle lever 504 of the handle unit 500 disposed in the lower right corner of the front surface of the door frame 3. However, the game board 5 is driven into the upper portion of the game area 5a through the space between the outer rail 1001 and the inner rail 1002, and the game with the game ball is started. The game ball that has been driven into the upper part of the game area 5a flows down either the left side or the right side of the center accessory 2500 depending on the strength of the game. The game ball driving strength can be adjusted by the amount of rotation of the handle lever 504, and the game ball can be driven harder as it is rotated in the clockwise direction. That is, a game ball can be shot at intervals of 0.6 seconds.

  In the game area 5a, a plurality of obstacle nails (not shown) with a predetermined gauge arrangement at appropriate positions are implanted on the front surface of the game panel 1100 (panel plate 1110). By abutting, the flow-down speed of the game ball is suppressed, and various movements are given to the game ball so that the movement can be enjoyed. Further, in the game area 5a, in addition to the obstacle nail, a windmill (not shown) that rotates when the game ball abuts is provided at an appropriate position.

  When a game ball that has been thrown into the upper portion of the center accessory 2500 enters the left side of the front surface of the outer peripheral surface of the front peripheral wall portion 2512 of the center accessory 2500 from the highest position, a plurality of obstacle nails (not shown) The area on the left side of the center accessory 2500 flows down while abutting on the center. Then, when the game ball flowing down the left region of the center accessory 2500 enters the warp inlet 2520 that is open on the outer peripheral surface of the front peripheral wall portion 2512 of the center accessory 2500, the center accessory passes through the warp passage 2521. It is supplied to the stage unit 2530 from a warp outlet 2522 that opens in the frame of 2500.

  The game ball supplied from the warp outlet 2522 to the stage unit 2530 is first supplied to the first stage 2531, rolls on the first stage 2531, and moves back and forth to the first in the center in the left-right direction. It is discharged rearward from either the central guiding portion or the first side guiding portions on the left and right sides thereof. When the game ball is released rearward from the first central guiding portion of the first stage 2531, it falls on the third central guiding portion of the third stage 2533 through the central hole in the horizontal center of the second stage 2532, The third central guiding portion is discharged into the game area 5a. Since the third central guiding portion of the third stage 2533 is located immediately above the first starting port 2002 of the starting port unit 2100, the game ball released from the third guiding portion is the first with high probability. It is received in the start port 2002. When a game ball is received at the first start port 2002, a predetermined number (for example, three) of game balls are paid out to the upper plate 201 from the payout device 830 via the main control board 1310 and the payout control board 951. .

  When the game ball rolling on the first stage 2531 is released rearward from the first side guide portion while moving toward the center in the left-right direction, the second stage 2532 moves toward the center by the momentum toward the center in the left-right direction. When it rolls to climb and enters the central hole, it is released from the third guiding portion of the third stage 2533 into the game area 5a. On the other hand, when the game ball rolling on the first stage 2531 is released rearward from the first side guide portion while facing outward in the left-right direction, the second stage 2532 is moved outward by the outward force. It rolls in the direction and enters the side holes at the left and right ends, and is supplied onto the left and right ends of the third stage 2533 that are the highest. Then, the game ball supplied from the side hole of the second stage 2532 to the third stage 2533 rolls left and right on the third stage 2533, and a game is played from either the third central guide portion or the third side guide portion. Released into region 5a.

  The game balls released from the stage portion 2530 of the center bonus 2500 into the game area 5a may be received by the first start port 2002 of the start port unit 2100, the general winning port 2001 under the side unit 2200, and the like. . When a game ball is received in the general winning opening 2001, a predetermined number (for example, 10) of game balls are paid out to the upper plate 201 from the payout device 830 via the main control board 1310 and the payout control board 951. .

  By the way, when the game ball that has flowed down to the left side of the center object 2500 does not enter the warp inlet 2520, the center in the left-right direction is set by the shelf 2303a on the side unit 2300, the shelves 2202a and 2203a on the side unit 2200, There is a possibility of being received by the general winning opening 2001, the first start opening 2002, and the like.

  On the other hand, in the game area 5a, a game ball that is driven into the upper portion of the center accessory 2500 enters (is driven into) the right side of the highest part of the outer peripheral surface of the front peripheral wall portion 2512 of the center accessory 2500. ) And discharged immediately above the gate portion 2003. As a result, a game ball that has been struck down (right-handed) so as to flow down the right side of the center accessory 2500 passes through the gate portion 2003 with a high probability. Then, the game ball that has passed through the gate portion 2003 passes to the right of the general winning port 2001 and the second starting port 2004 of the center bonus 2500, and further passes through the front of the big winning port 2005 to the lower right rail 1004. It flows down, is guided by the lower right rail 1004, and is discharged out of the game area 5a from the out port 1111.

  Therefore, if the right winning is performed when the special winning opening 2005 is open, the winning prize 2005 is accepted with high probability. If a game ball flows down to the left of the gate part 2003, there is a possibility that it will be received in the general winning opening 2001 of the center bonus 2500.

  When a game ball passes through the gate portion 2003 and is detected by the gate sensor 2515, a normal lottery is performed on the main control board 1310. When the lottery normal lottery result is “normal hit”, the start door member 2516 During a predetermined time (for example, 0.3 to 10 seconds), the second starting port 2004 is opened by rotating clockwise in front view. In a state in which the start port door member 2516 is rotated to open the second start port 2004, the tip is located on the right side of the gate portion 2003, and at this time, the game ball is moved to the gate portion. If it passes 2003, it will contact | abut on the upper surface of the starting port door member 2516, the game ball will be guided to the left by the starting port door member 2516, and will be received in the 2nd starting port 2004 with a very high probability. When a game ball is received in the second starting port 2004, a predetermined number (for example, four) of game balls are paid out to the upper plate 201 from the payout device 830 via the main control board 1310 and the payout control board 951.

  In the present embodiment, in the normal lottery performed by the game ball passing through the gate unit 2003, a certain amount of time is set after the normal lottery is started until the normal lottery result is suggested (for example, 0. 0). 01-60 seconds, also called normal variation time). The suggestion of the normal lottery result is displayed on the function display unit 1400 of the game board 5. In the second starting port 2004, the starting port door member 2516 is rotated and opened after the normal variation time has elapsed.

  In addition, if a game ball passes through the gate portion 2003 after the game ball passes through the gate portion 2003 and before the normal lottery result is suggested, the normal lottery result cannot be started. The start of the suggestion of the result is put on hold until the suggestion of the result of the previous normal lottery ends. In addition, the number of holdings of the normal lottery result is up to 4 and the upper limit is discarded without holding even if the game ball passes through the gate unit 2003. This suppresses an increase in the burden on the game hall side by accumulating the hold.

  In the pachinko machine 1 according to the present embodiment, when a game ball is received in the first start port 2002 and the second start port 2004, the main control board 1310 has an advantageous game state (for example, “hit”, “ A lottery of a special lottery result that generates “medium hit”, “small hit”, “per probability change”, “per time reduction”, etc.) is performed. Then, the lottery result of the special lottery is indicated to the player over a predetermined time (for example, 0.1 to 360 seconds, also referred to as a special variation time). Note that the special lottery results that are drawn when the game balls are received at the first start port 2002 and the second start port 2004 include “losing”, “small hit”, “2R big hit”, “15R big hit”, “ There are “per probability change (probability change)”, “per time reduction (time reduction)”, “short per probability change time”, “no per short time change probability”, and so on.

  When the special lottery result (the first special lottery result and the second special lottery result) drawn by accepting game balls to the first start port 2002 and the second start port 2004 is a special lottery result that generates an advantageous gaming state The special winning opening door member 2403 of the attacker unit 2400 opens and closes according to an open / close pattern corresponding to the lottery result after the special change time has elapsed, so that the special winning opening 2005 can receive the game ball. become. When a game ball is received in the special prize opening 2005 when the special prize opening 2005 is in an open state, a predetermined number (for example, 10 or 13) of games from the payout device 830 by the main control board 1310 and the payout board. The ball is paid out to the upper plate 201. Therefore, when the prize winning opening door member 2403 is opened and closed in a predetermined pattern, by allowing the prize winning opening 2005 to accept game balls, a lot of game balls can be paid out and the player can be entertained. it can.

  When the special lottery result is “small hit”, an open / close pattern in which the grand prize opening door member 2403 is in an open state for a predetermined short time (for example, between 0.2 seconds and 0.6 seconds) is closed. Repeat several times (for example, twice). On the other hand, when the special lottery result is “big hit”, a predetermined time (for example, about 30 seconds) elapses after the grand prize opening door member 2403 is in the open state, or a predetermined number (for example, the special prize opening 2005) When any of the conditions for accepting 10 game balls is satisfied, an open / close pattern (one open / close pattern is referred to as one round) that closes the grand prize opening door member 2403 a predetermined number of times (predetermined) Repeat the number of rounds). For example, the “2R big hit” is repeated for two rounds, and the “15R big hit” is repeated for 15 rounds to generate an advantageous gaming state advantageous to the player.

  In “Big Bonus”, after the big hit game ends, the probability that a special lottery result such as “Big Bonus” will be drawn is changed (“probable hit”), or the display time of the effect image that suggests the special lottery result is changed. ("Short-time hit") or "hit".

  In the present embodiment, the first starting port 2002 and the second starting port 2002 and the second starting port 2004 are received from the start of the special lottery until the special lottery result is suggested by the acceptance of the game balls. When a game ball is accepted at the second start opening 2004, the suggestion of the special lottery result cannot be started, and therefore the start of the suggestion of the special lottery result is suspended until the suggestion of the special lottery result previously drawn is completed. The The number of reserved special lottery results to be held is up to four for each of the first start port 2002 and the second start port 2004, and for more than that, the first start port 2002 and the second start port Even if a game ball is accepted in 2004, the special lottery result is not put on hold and discarded. This suppresses an increase in the burden on the game hall side by accumulating the hold.

  This special lottery result is suggested by the function display unit 1400 and the central display device 1600 (the moving image projection unit 3200 and the back center effect unit 3300). The function display unit 1400 is directly controlled by the main control board 1310 to suggest a special lottery result. The suggestion of the special lottery result in the function display unit 1400 indicates that the plurality of LEDs are repeatedly turned on / off and blinked for a predetermined time, and then the special lottery result is suggested by the combination of the LEDs that are lit.

  On the other hand, the central display device 1600 is indirectly controlled by the peripheral control board 1510 based on a control signal from the main control board 1310 and suggests a special lottery result as an effect image. The effect image suggesting the special lottery result in the central display device 1600 is a variably displayed symbol sequence by changing each symbol sequence in a state where three symbol sequences composed of a plurality of symbols are displayed side by side in the horizontal direction. Are stopped and displayed in order, and each symbol row is stopped and displayed so that the symbols of the three symbol rows that are stopped and displayed have a combination corresponding to the special lottery result. When the special lottery result is other than “losing”, after the three symbol rows are stopped and each symbol is stopped and displayed, a final image indicating the special lottery result is displayed on the central display device 1600 and the lottery is selected. An advantageous gaming state (for example, a small hit game, a big hit game, etc.) according to the special lottery result occurs.

  Note that the time indicating the special lottery result in the function display unit 1400 (LED blinking time (variation time)) and the time suggesting the special lottery result in the central display device 1600 (the symbol string fluctuates and the confirmed image is changed). The time until display is different, and the function display unit 1400 is set to a shorter time.

  Further, in the peripheral control board 1510, in addition to the display of the effect image for suggesting the special lottery result by the central display device 1600, according to the lottery result of the special lottery, the lower front effect unit 3100 and the moving image projection unit 3200 are displayed. , The back center production unit 3300, the back upper left production unit 3400, the back front production unit 3500, the back upper production unit 3600, etc. can be used as appropriate to perform a light emission production, a movable production, a display production, etc. The player can also be entertained by the production of the above, and it is possible to suppress a decrease in the interest of the player in the game.

[8. Relationship between the present embodiment and the present invention]
In the front unit 2000 of the present embodiment, the frame of the center object 2500 is in the visible area of the present invention, the moving image projection unit 3200 of the back unit 3000 in the present embodiment is in the moving image projection apparatus of the present invention, and the back in the present embodiment. The first moving image display body 3301 of the central production unit 3300 corresponds to the normal display body of the present invention, and the second moving image display body 3302 in the present embodiment corresponds to the deformed display body of the present invention.

[9. Characteristic effects of this embodiment]
As described above, according to the pachinko machine 1 of the present embodiment, in the normal gaming state, the back located behind the viewable area that is within the frame of the front view center accessory 2500 at the approximate center of the game area 5a. A production video is projected from the projection device 3203 of the video projection unit 3200 to the first video display body 3301 of the central production unit 3300, and a production video (production image including a still image) is displayed on the first video display body 3301. . In addition, when a game ball is received at the first start opening 2002 or the second start opening 2004 and the first special lottery result or the second special lottery result is drawn, the lottery first special lottery result or the second special lottery result The effect image (variable display of the special correspondence symbol) suggesting the lottery result is also displayed on the first moving image display body 3301 facing the frame of the center bonus 2500. Accordingly, the state is similar to the state in which the production video is displayed on the main display device through the frame of the center role in the conventional pachinko machine, and therefore the central first video display 3301 is conventionally provided to the player. It is possible to naturally recognize that it is equivalent to the main display device in the pachinko machine of No. 1, and it is possible to entertain a production movie without a sense of incongruity in the same atmosphere as a conventional pachinko machine. And according to the 1st special lottery result and the 2nd special lottery result which were drawn by acceptance of the game ball to the 1st starting opening 2002 and the 2nd starting opening 2004, by the exchange device 3310 of the back center production unit 3300, When the first video display body 3301 displaying the production video suggesting the first special lottery result or the second special lottery result is replaced with the second video display body 3302 having a different shape, the player cannot see from the player side. Since the second moving image display body 3302 outside the possible area (outside the frame of the center character 2500) becomes visible through the frame (visible area) of the center character 2500, suddenly, the flat first moving image display object 3301 is displayed. Since the player can have an illusion that it has transformed into the second moving image display 3302, it is not possible with a conventional pachinko machine in which the main display device is physically deformed. It is possible to show the player an unforeseen effect, greatly surprise the player who was staring at the first moving picture display 3301 (special design) and give a strong impact, and greatly enjoy the player And the player can think that the first special lottery result or the second special lottery result must be a “hit” to generate an advantageous gaming state, and increase the expectation for the occurrence of the advantageous gaming state. It is possible to suppress a decrease in interest.

  In addition, when the first moving image display body 3301 and the second moving image display body 3302 are replaced by the replacement device 3310, the first moving image that suggests the first special lottery result or the second special lottery result is not interrupted. Since it continues to be displayed on either the moving image display body 3301 or the second moving image display body 3302, the special correspondence symbol is not invisible, and the special correspondence symbol is not invisible to prevent distrust to the player. It is possible to entertain the game with peace of mind.

  Furthermore, since the second moving image display body 3302 is formed in a stunning shape (a shape that is cut out with a sword), the replacement device 3310 performs the first operation according to the first special lottery result or the second special lottery result. Replacing the moving image display body 3301 with the second moving image display body 3302 makes it easy for the player to have the illusion that the flat first moving image display body 3301 is transformed into the second moving image display body 3302. Can greatly surprise the player. More specifically, for example, when the first moving image display body 3301 is replaced with the second moving image display body 3302, a battle with characters between the first moving image display body 3301 and the first moving image display body 3301 is deformed. When the character animation is displayed and replaced with the second moving image display body 3302 at the moment when the character's decision technique is determined, the first moving image display body 3301 is cut (transformed) by the character. Since it can appear as if it has become the shape of the moving picture display 3302, a continuous production with a series of stories is presented to the player by the replacement of the first moving picture display 3301 and the collaboration with the production image. In addition to making a strong impact on the player, and making the player entertained and suppressing a decrease in interest in the game. Can.

  In addition, the first moving image display body 3301 is replaced with a second moving image display body 3302 formed in a stunning shape, and an image of an irregularly shaped black frame is displayed on the display screen of the main display device of the conventional pachinko machine. Compared to the case where changes are given, the physical shape of the display screen changes, so it can have a strong impact on the player and there is something good for the player It can make you think that there is a chance to raise the expectation for the game.

  Furthermore, since the production video is displayed on the first video display body 3301 and the second video display body 3302 by projecting the production video from the projection device 3203 of the video projection unit 3200, the first video display body 3301 and Compared to the case where the second moving image display body 3302 is a liquid crystal panel of a liquid crystal display device, it is not necessary to provide a backlight on the rear side of the first moving image display body 3301 and the second moving image display body 3302, and the first moving image display The thickness of the body 3301 and the second moving image display body 3302 can be made as thin as possible to achieve a simple configuration. Therefore, since the first moving image display body 3301 and the second moving image display body 3302 can be thinned, the space occupied by the first moving image display body 3301 and the like in the pachinko machine 1 can be suppressed, and other decorations can be suppressed. Since the space for the body can be relatively easily secured, the pachinko machine 1 can be provided with more decorative bodies and can be made larger, and the decorative body is more conspicuous and highly appealing. A pachinko machine 1 can be obtained.

  In addition, since the second moving image display body 3302 can display the effect moving image by projecting the effect moving image from the projection device 3203, the second moving image display body 3302 can be a liquid crystal panel, an organic EL panel, or the like. Thus, since the restriction on the shape of the second moving image display body 3302 is reduced as compared with the case where the display screen itself can display the effect moving image, the shape of the second moving image display body 3302 can be made more freely. It can have an unusual shape, and the production video is displayed on the second video display body 3302 having a shape that is not possible with a conventional pachinko machine using a liquid crystal panel or the like, thereby giving a very strong impact to the player. be able to.

  Further, an effect video is projected and displayed on the first video display body 3301 and the second video display body 3302 from behind, and the first video display body 3301 and the second video display body 3302 are displayed to the player. Since the effect video is shown by the transmitted light that has been transmitted, compared with the case where the effect video is projected from the front and reflected by the reflected light, another light is emitted from the player side from the player side. Even when it hits the second video display body 3302, it is difficult to see the production video, and it is possible to entertain the player by displaying an easy-to-view production video, and to set the brightness etc. in the game hall where the gaming machine is installed Conditions are relaxed, and this gaming machine can be installed without problems in various gaming halls.

  Further, an effect video is projected and displayed from the rear to the front on the first video display body 3301 and the second video display body 3302, and the first video display body is displayed by the replacement device 3310 according to the gaming state. When replacing 3301 and the second moving image display body 3302, the first moving image is displayed on the first moving image display body 3301 while the effect moving image is being projected from the projection device 3203. When the moving image display body 3301 is replaced with the second moving image display body 3302, the moment when the first moving image display body 3301 is replaced, the light from the projection device 3203 reaches the player in front of the pachinko machine 1 and the player's eyes instantaneously. It becomes dazzling and it is difficult to understand the moment when the first moving image display body 3301 is replaced. Accordingly, the player can easily make an illusion that the first moving image display body 3301 is physically deformed to have the shape of the second moving image display body 3302, and thus has a strong impact on the player. Thus, the pachinko machine 1 that reliably achieves the above-described effects can be obtained.

  The present invention has been described with reference to preferred embodiments. However, the present invention is not limited to these embodiments, and various modifications can be made without departing from the spirit of the present invention as described below. And design changes are possible.

  That is, in the above embodiment, the game machine applied to the pachinko machine 1 is shown, but the present invention is not limited to this, and a pachislot machine, or a game machine in which a pachinko machine and a pachislot machine are combined, Even in this case, the same effect as described above can be obtained.

  In the above embodiment, the first moving image display body 3301 is replaced with one second moving image display body 3302. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the second moving image display body 3302 has a shape ( At least one moving image display body having a different production shape) is further provided, and the first moving image display body 3301 is replaced with the second moving image display body 3302 to the nth moving image display body (nth “n” is an integer of 3 or more). ) May be replaced.

  Further, in the above-described embodiment, the second moving image display body 3302 is not easily rocked. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the second moving image display body 3302 may be rockable. As a result, the second moving image display body 3302 swings for a while after being replaced by the inertial force, vibration, or the like when the first moving image display body 3301 is replaced with the second moving image display body 3302. The effect moving image projected on the two moving image display body 3302 can also be physically swung. Therefore, the display screen (second moving image display body 3302) itself is physically fluctuating as compared with the case where an effect moving image is displayed on the display screen of the main display device in the conventional pachinko machine. Therefore, it is possible to present to the player an effect that could not be achieved with a conventional pachinko machine, and to give a strong impact to the player.

DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 1 Pachinko machine 2 Outer frame 3 Door frame 4 Main body frame 5 Game board 5a Game area 1000 Front structural member 1100 Game panel 1110 Panel board 1600 Central display device 2000 Table unit 2001 General winning opening 2002 First start opening 2003 Gate part 2004 Second Start opening 2005 Grand prize opening 2500 Center character (viewable area)
3000 Back unit 3200 Movie projection unit (Movie projection device)
3203 Projector (Movie Projector)
3204 Reflector 3205 Dark box 3208 Front end opening 3300 Back center production unit 3301 First moving image display body (normal display body)
3302 Second animation display body (anomalous display body)
3302a Notch 3310 Replacement Device 3311 First Frame 3312 Second Frame 3320 Lifting Mechanism 3322 Back Center Drive Motor 3350 Guide Mechanism

Claims (1)

A game area in which a game medium is driven by a player's operation;
A normal display body in the form of a flat plate capable of displaying a production video at substantially the center in the game area when viewed from the front,
A deformed display body that is formed in a shape different from the normal display body and can display a production animation;
A replacement device that replaces the deformed display body and the normal display body at a substantially central position in the gaming area in front view according to a gaming state that changes when a gaming medium is driven into the gaming area; A gaming machine comprising:

Images